how to read the standard of turning … to read the standard of turning inserts ahow this section...

166
A000 A092 A093 CNMG 12 04 02- FH P M K N S Re UE6105 UE6110 UE6020 MC6025 UE6035 UH6400 MC7015 MC7025 MP7035 US7020 US735 US905 MC5005 MC5015 UC5105 UC5115 MP9005 MP9015 MT9015 VP05RT VP10RT VP15TF UP20M NX2525 NX3035 MP3025 AP25N VP25N UTi20T HTi05T HTi10 RT9010 FH CNMG120402-FH 0.2 ss ss a C008 C009 E014 E037 H006 008 120404-FH 0.4 as a as 120408-FH 0.8 a a aa 120412-FH 1.2 a s FS CNMG120404-FS 0.4 s a C008 C009 E014 E037 H006 008 120408-FS 0.8 a FY CNMG120404-FY 0.4 a aa a C008 C009 E014 E037 H006 008 120408-FY 0.8 a a a FJ CNGG1204V5-FJ 0.05 a a C008 C009 E014 E037 H006 008 120401-FJ 0.1 a a 120402-FJ 0.2 a a 120404-FJ 0.4 aa a 120408-FJ 0.8 aa a PK CNGG120404-PK 0.4 a C008 C009 E014 E037 H006 008 LP CNMG120404-LP 0.4 aa a a C008 C009 E014 E037 H006 008 120408-LP 0.8 aa a a 120412-LP 1.2 aa a LM CNMG120404-LM 0.4 aaa C008 C009 E014 E037 H006 008 120408-LM 0.8 aaa 120412-LM 1.2 aaa NEW NEW CN 80° P M K N S Re UE6105 UE6110 UE6020 MC6025 UE6035 UH6400 MC7015 MC7025 MP7035 US7020 US735 US905 MC5005 MC5015 UC5105 UC5115 MP9005 MP9015 MT9015 VP05RT VP10RT VP15TF UP20M NX2525 NX3035 MP3025 AP25N VP25N UTi20T HTi05T HTi10 RT9010 LK CNMG120404-LK 0.4 aa C008 C009 E014 E037 H006 008 120408-LK 0.8 aa LS CNMG120404-LS 0.4 aaa C008 C009 E014 E037 H006 008 120408-LS 0.8 aaa SH CNMG09T304-SH 0.4 a a C008 C009 E014 E037 H006 008 09T308-SH 0.8 a 09T312-SH 1.2 a 120404-SH 0.4 aaa a a aa s 120408-SH 0.8 aaa a a aa s 120412-SH 1.2 aaa a SA CNMG120404-SA 0.4 aaa a C008 C009 E014 E037 H006 008 120408-SA 0.8 aaa a 120412-SA 1.2 aaa s SW CNMG120404-SW 0.4 aa a a aaa C008 C009 E014 E037 H006 008 120408-SW 0.8 aa a a aaa 120412-SW 1.2 aa a aaa SY CNMG120404-SY 0.4 a a a C008 C009 E014 E037 H006 008 120408-SY 0.8 a a a MJ CNMG120404-MJ 0.4 a aa a C008 C009 E014 E037 H006 008 120408-MJ 0.8 a aa a 120412-MJ 1.2 a aa 120416-MJ 1.6 a sa MJ CNGG120404-MJ 0.4 aa sa C008 C009 E014 E037 H006 008 120408-MJ 0.8 aa sa NEW NEW * P P P M K NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW = 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 FY SY 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 HX RP FH MP LP 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 SW MW 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 RM MM LM 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 LK MK RK a Graph of chip control by work material Shows recommended chip breakers and chip control range according to work material and cutting application. Graphs are coloured according to cutting applications (Finish|Light|Medium|Rough|Heavy) and contain recommended breakers for each application. LEGEND FOR STOCK STATUS MARK is shown on the left hand page of each double-page spread. INDICATION OF CHIPBREAKER indicates the designation for a chipbreaker. PHOTO OF INSERT PAGE REFERENCE · CHIP BREAKERS · GRADES · TECHNICAL DATA indicates reference pages, on the right hand page of each double-page spread. APPLICABLE HOLDER PAGE indicates reference pages for details of applicable holders. CUTTING APPLICATION is shown in order of: Finish→Light →Medium→Rough→Heavy. PRODUCT SECTION INDICATION OF NEGATIVE/ POSITIVE TYPE INSERT NUMBER STOCK STATUS INSERT GRADES HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS a How this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index on the next page.) xInserts are arranged in order of : • Negative inserts (with hole|without hole) • Positive inserts (with hole|without hole) cBreakers are arranged in order of : Finish Cutting|Light Cutting|Medium Cutting |Rough Cutting|Heavy Cutting Finish Cutting : Light Cutting : Medium Cutting : Rough Cutting : Heavy Cutting : GRADE APPLICATION RECOMMENDED FOR EACH WORK MATERIAL cutting conditions suitable for each type of work material is shown as a general guide to select the grade. : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting SHAPE & ANGLE MARK TITLE OF PRODUCT ACCORDING TO THE INSERT TYPE CORNER RADIUS TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE] TURNING INSERTS TURNING INSERTS NEG Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting NEG Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting Size Thickness Corner Radius * Please refer to page A002. Light Cutting Light Cutting Light Cutting Light Cutting Light Cutting (Wiper) Light Cutting Light Cutting Light Cutting CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALS WITH HOLE WITH HOLE TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE * Please refer to page A028 before using the SW breaker (wiper insert). Chip Breaker Mild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180 ─ 280HB) Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (Wiper) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa) Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting Work Material Steel Stainless Steel Cast Iron Non-ferrous Metal Heat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy Shape Order Number Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide Applicable Holder Page (mm) CHIP BREAKERS A042 GRADES A030 IDENTIFICATION A002 Finish Cutting Finish Cutting Finish Cutting Finish Cutting Finish Cutting Light Cutting Light Cutting Work Material Steel Stainless Steel Cast Iron Non-ferrous Metal Heat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy Shape Order Number Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide Applicable Holder Page (mm) Depth of Cut ( mm ) Depth of Cut ( mm ) Depth of Cut ( mm ) Depth of Cut ( mm ) Depth of Cut ( mm ) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Flat Top a: Inventory maintained. s: Inventory maintained in Japan.

Upload: vophuc

Post on 20-May-2018

226 views

Category:

Documents


7 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A000

A092 A093

CNMG 12 04 02- FH

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

FH CNMG120402-FH 0.2 s s s s a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120404-FH 0.4 a s a a s

120408-FH 0.8 a a a a

120412-FH 1.2 a s

FS CNMG120404-FS 0.4 s a C008

C009E014E037H006─008

120408-FS 0.8 a

FY CNMG120404-FY 0.4 a a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-FY 0.8 a a a

FJ CNGG1204V5-FJ 0.05 a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120401-FJ 0.1 a a

120402-FJ 0.2 a a

120404-FJ 0.4 a a a

120408-FJ 0.8 a a a

PK CNGG120404-PK 0.4 a C008C009E014E037H006─008

LP CNMG120404-LP 0.4 a a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-LP 0.8 a a a a

120412-LP 1.2 a a a

LM CNMG120404-LM 0.4 a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-LM 0.8 a a a

120412-LM 1.2 a a a

NEW

NEW

CN80°PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

LK CNMG120404-LK 0.4 a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-LK 0.8 a a

LS CNMG120404-LS 0.4 a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-LS 0.8 a a a

SH CNMG09T304-SH 0.4 a aC008C009E014E037H006─008

09T308-SH 0.8 a

09T312-SH 1.2 a

120404-SH 0.4 a a a a a a a s

120408-SH 0.8 a a a a a a a s

120412-SH 1.2 a a a a

SA CNMG120404-SA 0.4 a a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-SA 0.8 a a a a

120412-SA 1.2 a a a s

SW CNMG120404-SW 0.4 a a a a a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-SW 0.8 a a a a a a a

120412-SW 1.2 a a a a a a

SY CNMG120404-SY 0.4 a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-SY 0.8 a a a

MJ CNMG120404-MJ 0.4 a a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-MJ 0.8 a a a a

120412-MJ 1.2 a a a

120416-MJ 1.6 a s a

MJ CNGG120404-MJ 0.4 a a s a C008

C009E014E037H006─008

120408-MJ 0.8 a a s a

NEW

NEW

*

P P P M K

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

=

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

FY

SY

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

HX

RP

FH

MP

LP

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SW

MW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

LK

MK

RK

aGraph of chip control by work materialShows recommended chip breakers and chip control range according to work material and cutting application.Graphs are coloured according to cutting applications(Finish|Light|Medium|Rough|Heavy)and contain recommended breakers for each application.

LEGEND FOR STOCK STATUS MARKis shown on the left hand page of each double-page spread.

INDICATION OF CHIPBREAKERindicates the designation for a chipbreaker.

PHOTO OF INSERT

PAGE REFERENCE· CHIP BREAKERS· GRADES· TECHNICAL DATAindicates reference pages, on the right hand page of each double-page spread.

APPLICABLE HOLDER PAGEindicates reference pages for details of applicable holders.

CUTTING APPLICATIONis shown in order of: Finish→Light →Medium→Rough→Heavy.

PRODUCT SECTION

INDICATION OF NEGATIVE/POSITIVE TYPE

INSERT NUMBER

STOCK STATUS

INSERT GRADES

HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTSaHow this section page is organisedzOrganised according to turning insert shape.

(Refer to the index on the next page.)x Inserts are arranged in order of :

• Negative inserts (with hole|without hole)• Positive inserts (with hole|without hole)

cBreakers are arranged in order of :Finish Cutting|Light Cutting|Medium Cutting |Rough Cutting|Heavy Cutting

Finish Cutting : Light Cutting : Medium Cutting : Rough Cutting : Heavy Cutting :

GRADE APPLICATION RECOMMENDED FOR EACH WORK MATERIALcutting conditions suitable for each type of work material is shown as a general guide to select the grade.

: Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable CuttingSHAPE & ANGLE MARK

TITLE OF PRODUCT ACCORDING TO THE INSERT TYPE

CORNER RADIUS

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting(Wiper)

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALS

WITH HOLE

WITH HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

* Please refer to page A028 before using the SW breaker (wiper insert).

Chip Breaker

Mild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (Wiper) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Page 2: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A001

A002A004A006A009A010A026A028A030A031A034A036A038A039A040A041A042A070

A092A098A104A105A110A116A119

A124A125A126

A127A133A134A139A140

A141A143A144A146A147A150A153A155A156A157A158A159A160

A161A162A163

IDENTIFICATION ..................................................................HOLE GEOMETRY ...............................................................PRECISION BREAKER SYSTEM ........................................OUTLINE OF ...............................................OPTIMUM GRADES AND CHIP BREAKERS FOR EXTERNAL TURNING ...PRECISION BREAKER SYSTEM ........................................WIPER INSERT .....................................................................GRADES FOR TURNING .....................................................TURNING APPLICATION RANGE .......................................COATED CARBIDE (CVD) ...................................................COATED CARBIDE (PVD) ...................................................CERMET ...............................................................................COATED CERMET ...............................................................CEMENTED CARBIDE .........................................................MICRO-GRAIN CEMENTED CARBIDE ...............................CLASSIFICATION OF INSERTS ..........................................RECOMMENDED CUTTING CONDITIONS .........................

STANDARD OF INSERTS

TURNING

INSERT GRADES INSERT STANDARDS

NEGATIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE CNooTYPE...RHOMBIC 80° ........... DNooTYPE...RHOMBIC 55° ........... RNooTYPE...ROUND .................. SNooTYPE...SQUARE 90° ............ TNooTYPE...TRIANGULAR 60° ....... VNooTYPE...RHOMBIC 35° ........... WNooTYPE...TRIGON 80° .............NEGATIVE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLE KNooTYPE...PARALLELOGRAM 55° ... SNooTYPE...SQUARE 90° ............ TNooTYPE...TRIANGULAR 60° .......POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE CCooTYPE...RHOMBIC 80° ........... CPooTYPE...RHOMBIC 80° ........... DCooTYPE...RHOMBIC 55° ........... DEooTYPE...RHOMBIC 55° ........... RCooTYPE...ROUND ..................

SCooTYPE...SQUARE 90° ............ SPooTYPE...SQUARE 90° ............. TCooTYPE...TRIANGULAR 60° ....... TEooTYPE...TRIANGULAR 60° ....... TPooTYPE...TRIANGULAR 60° ....... VBooTYPE...RHOMBIC 35° ........... VCooTYPE...RHOMBIC 35° ........... VDooTYPE...RHOMBIC 35° ........... VPooTYPE...RHOMBIC 35° ............ WBooTYPE...TRIGON 80° ............. WCooTYPE...TRIGON 80° ............. WPooTYPE...TRIGON 80°.............. XCooTYPE...RHOMBIC 25° ...........POSITIVE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLE RTG TYPE ................................ SPooTYPE...SQUARE 90° ............. TPooTYPE...TRIANGULAR 60° .......

Page 3: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A002

øD1øD1

m

m

S1

m

6.35 e0.08 e0.08 e0.08 e0.11 e0.16 ─ 9.525 e0.08 e0.08 e0.08 e0.11 e0.16 ─12.70 e0.13 e0.13 e0.13 e0.15 ─ ─15.875 e0.15 e0.15 e0.15 e0.18 ─ ─19.05 e0.15 e0.15 e0.15 e0.18 ─ ─25.40 ─ e0.18 ─ ─ ─ ─31.75 ─ e0.20 ─ ─ ─ ─

6.35 e0.05 e0.05 e0.05 e0.05 e0.05 ─ 9.525 e0.05 e0.05 e0.05 e0.05 e0.05 e0.0512.70 e0.08 e0.08 e0.08 e0.08 ─ e0.0815.875 e0.10 e0.10 e0.10 e0.10 ─ e0.1019.05 e0.10 e0.10 e0.10 e0.10 ─ e0.1025.40 ─ e0.13 ─ ─ ─ e0.1331.75 ─ e0.15 ─ ─ ─ e0.15

A 3°

B 5°

C 7°

D 15°

E 20°

F 25°

G 30°

N 0°

P 11°

O

W

(40─60°)

A

T M

Q

(40─60°)

G

U N

B

(70─90°)

R

H F

C

(70─90°)

X

J

A e0.005 e0.025 e0.025F e0.005 e0.013 e0.025C e0.013 e0.025 e0.025H e0.013 e0.013 e0.025E e0.025 e0.025 e0.025G e0.025 e0.025 e0.13J e0.005 e0.05─e0.15 e0.025K * e0.013 e0.05─e0.15 e0.025L * e0.025 e0.05─e0.15 e0.025M * e0.08─e0.18 e0.05─e0.15 e0.13N * e0.08─e0.18 e0.05─e0.15 e0.025U * e0.13─e0.38 e0.08─e0.25 e0.13

H

O

P

S

T

C

D

E

F

M

V

W

L

A

B

K

R

X

C N M Gz

x

c

v

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Detail of M Class Insert ToleranceaTolerance of Nose Height m (mm)

D.I.C. Triangular Square Rhombic 80°

Rhombic 55°

Rhombic 35° Round

aTolerance of Inscribed Circle (mm)

D.I.C. Triangular Square Rhombic 80°

Rhombic 55°

Rhombic 35° Round

Symbol Insert Shape

Hexagonal

Octagonal

Pentagonal

Square

Triangular

Rhombic 80°

Rhombic 55°

Rhombic 75°

Rhombic 50°

Rhombic 86°

Rhombic 35°

Trigon

Rectangular

Parallelogram 85°

Parallelogram 82°

Parallelogram 55°

Round

Special Design

z Symbol for Insert Shape

x Symbol for Normal ClearanceSymbol Normal Clearance

Other Normal Clearance

Major Normal Clearance

v Symbol for Fixing and/or for Chip BreakerMetric

Symbol Hole Hole Configuration

Chip Breaker Figure Symbol Hole Hole

ConfigurationChip

Breaker Figure

With Hole Cylindrical Hole+

One Countersink

No With Hole Cylindrical Hole No

With Hole One Sided With Hole Cylindrical Hole One

Sided

With Hole Cylindrical Hole+

Double Countersink

No With Hole Cylindrical Hole Double Sided

With Hole Double Sided

Without Hole ─ No

With Hole Cylindrical Hole+

One Countersink

No Without Hole ─ One

Sided

With Hole One Sided

Without Hole ─ Double

Sided

With Hole Cylindrical Hole+

Double Countersink

No ─ ─ ─ Special Design

With Hole Double Sided

c Symbol for Tolerance Class

SymbolTolerance of Nose Height

m (mm)

Tolerance of Inscribed Circle

øD1 (mm)

Tolerance of ThicknessS1 (mm)

The surface of insert with * mark is sintered.

Triangular insert with a facet (Secondary Cutting Edge)

c Symbol for Tolerance Class

IDENTIFICATION

Page 4: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A003

12 04 08 (E) (N) MPb n

m , .

/

02 04 03 03 06 3.97

L3 08 05 04 04 08 4.76

03 09 06 05 05 09 5.56

06 6.00

04 11 07 06 06 11 6.35

05 13 09 08 07 13 7.94

08 8.00

09 06 16 11 09 09 16 9.525

10 10.00

12 12.00

12 08 22 15 12 12 22 12.70

15 10 19 16 15 27 15.875

16 16.00

19 13 23 19 19 33 19.05

20 20.00

27 22 22 38 22.225

25 25.00

25 31 25 25 44 25.40

31 38 32 31 54 31.75

32 32.00

S1 1.39

01 1.59

T0 1.79

02 2.38

T2 2.78

03 3.18

T3 3.97

04 4.76

06 6.35

07 7.94

09 9.52

00V3 0.03

V5 0.05

01 0.1

02 0.2

04 0.4

08 0.8

12 1.2

16 1.6

20 2.0

24 2.4

28 2.8

32 3.2

F

E

T

S

R

L

N

LP MP RP

LM MM RM

LK MK RK

LS MS RS

FP LP MP

MA SW MW

HZ HX HV

-

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Symbol Diameter of Inscribed Circle

(mm)

b Symbol for Insert Size

* Thickness is from the bottom of the insert to the top of the cutting edge.

Symbol Thickness (mm)

n Symbol for Insert Thickness

m Symbol for Insert Corner ConfigurationSymbol Corner Radius (mm)

Sharp Nose

00 : InchM0 : Metric Round Insert

, Symbol for Cutting Edge ConditionFigure Cutting Edge Symbol

Sharp Cutting Edges

Round Cutting Edges

Chamfered Cutting Edges

Chamfered and Rounded Cutting Edges

Mitsubishi Materials omit the honing symbol.

. Symbol for Cutting DirectionFigure Hand Symbol

Right

Left

Neutral

/ Symbol for Chip Breaker

(Refer to JIS-B4120-1998)

Page 5: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A004

D2 D3 B (°)

C C E T0602pp 2.8 3.8 R B09T3pp 4.4 6.0 R B

CCGBCCMBCCGHCCMH

0602pp 2.8 3.9 R B

C C G T

03S1pp 2.0 2.9 R B04T0pp 2.4 3.5 R B

0602pp 2.8 3.8 R B

09T3pp 4.4 6.0 R B1204pp 5.5 7.5 R B

C C M T

0602pp 2.8 3.8 R B0803pp 3.4 4.5 R B

09T3pp 4.4 6.0 R B1204pp 5.5 7.5 R B

CCGWCCMW

03S1pp 2.0 2.9 R B04T0pp 2.4 3.5 R B

0602pp 2.8 3.8 R B

09T3pp 4.4 6.0 R B1204pp 5.5 7.5 R B

C P G T0802pp 3.4 4.5 R B0903pp 4.4 6.0 R B

C P G BCPMBCPMH

0802pp 3.5 5.3 78° D0903pp 4.5 6.3 78° D

CPMX0802pp 3.5 5.6 78° D0903pp 4.6 6.6 80° D

D C E TD C G T

0702pp 2.8 3.8 R B11T3pp 4.4 6.0 R B

DCGWDCMWD C M T

0702pp 2.8 3.8 R B11T3pp 4.4 6.0 R B1504pp 5.5 7.5 R B

D E G X 1504pp 5.1 7.0 85° C

RCMX

1003M0 3.6 4.6 21° D1204M0 4.2 5.4 21° D

1606M0 5.2 6.7 21° D

2006M0 6.5 8.0 21° D

2507M0 7.2 9.1 21° D3209M0 9.5 11.7 21° D

D2

C N G ACNGGCNMACNMGCNMMCNMP

0903pp 3.81 A0904pp 3.81 A

1204pp 5.16 A

1606pp 6.35 A

1906pp 7.93 A2509pp 9.12 A

D N G ADNGGDNGMDNMADNMGDNMMDNMX

1104pp 3.81 A1504pp 5.16 A1506pp 5.16 A

S N G ASNGGS N M ASNMGSNMM

0903pp 3.81 A1204pp 5.16 A

1506pp 6.35 A

1906pp 7.93 A

2507pp 9.12 A2509pp 9.12 A

T N G AT N G GT N M ATNMGTNMMT N M X

1103pp 2.26 A1603pp 3.81 A

1604pp 3.81 A

2204pp 5.16 A

2706pp 6.35 A3309pp 7.93 A

V N G AVNGMVNGGVNMGVNMM

1604pp 3.81 A

WNMAWNMG

0603pp 3.81 A06T3pp 3.81 A

0604pp 3.81 A0804pp 5.16 A

RNMGRNMA

090300 3.81 A120400 5.16 A

150600 6.35 A

190600 7.93 A

250900 9.12 A310900 12.7 A

øD2

øD2

øD3

R

øD2

øD3

B øD2

øD3

B

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEGATIVE POSITIVE

HOLE GEOMETRY Type A Type B Type C Type D

Insert NumberDimensions (mm)

Hole TypeInsert NumberDimension (mm)

Hole Type

Page 6: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A005

D2 D3 B (°)

R C G TR C M T

0602M0 2.8 3.8 R B0803M0 3.4 4.5 R B10T3M0 4.4 6.0 R B

RGGM 2004M0 5.6 7.5 53° C

S C M TSCMW

09T3pp 4.4 6.0 R B1204pp 5.5 7.5 R B

SPMW0903pp 4.6 6.0 R B1203pp 5.7 7.5 R B

S P M T0903pp 4.4 6.0 R B1203pp 5.5 7.5 R B

S P G X0903pp 4.8 6.4 58° D1203pp 5.9 7.7 58° D

T C G TT C M TTCGWTCMW

0601pp 2.3 3.2 R B0802pp 2.3 3.0 R B

0902pp 2.5 3.3 R B

1102pp 2.8 3.8 R B

1303pp 3.4 4.5 R B16T3pp 4.4 6.0 R B

T E G X 1603pp 4.4 6.1 88° D

T P G X

0802pp 2.5 3.8 88° C0902pp 3.0 4.3 88° C

1103pp 3.5 4.8 88° C1603pp 4.8 6.5 58° D

T P M X

0802pp 2.7 3.8 88° C0902pp 3.2 4.3 88° C

1103pp 3.7 4.8 88° C1603pp 4.8 6.4 58° D

T P G BT P M BT P G HT P M H

0802pp 2.4 4.0 78° D0902pp 2.9 4.3 78° D

1103pp 3.4 4.8 78° D1603pp 4.4 6.5 78° D

T P G T 1603pp 4.4 6.0 R B

T P G V0902pp 2.8 3.8 R B1103pp 3.4 4.5 R B

D2 D3 B (°)

V B E TV B G TV B M TVBGW

1103pp 2.9 3.8 R B1604pp 4.4 6.0 R B

V C G TV C M TVCGWVCMW

0802pp 2.4 3.2 R B1103pp 2.8 3.8 R B

1604pp 4.4 6.0 R B2205pp 7.5 5.5 R B

V D G X 1603pp 4.5 6.1 88° D

V P E TV P G T

0802pp 2.4 3.2 R B1103pp 2.9 3.8 R B

WBGTWBMT

0201pp 2.3 3.2 R BL302pp 2.3 3.2 R B

WCGTWCMTWCGWWCMW

0201pp 2.3 3.0 R BL302pp 2.3 3.0 R B

0402pp 2.8 3.8 R B06T3pp 4.4 6.0 R B

WPGTWPMT

0402pp 2.8 3.8 R B0603pp 4.4 6.0 R B

X C M T 1503pp 2.8 3.8 R B

øD2

øD2

øD3

R

øD2

øD3

B øD2

øD3

B

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

POSITIVE

Insert NumberDimensions (mm)

Hole TypeInsert NumberDimensions (mm)

Hole Type

Type A Type B Type C Type D

Page 7: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A006

a

L3 L4 B2 B7

L3 B2

DNGG 150404R/L 2.8 ─ 15 ─ 150408R/L 2.8 ─ 15 ─

L3 B2

L4

SNGG 090304R/L 1.8 1.6 15 ─ 090308R/L 1.8 1.6 15 ─

120404R/L 2.3 3.7 15 ─

120408R/L 2.3 3.7 15 ─

L3

L3B2 B7

TNGG 160402R/L-FS 1.3 ─ 15 30 160404R/L-FS 1.3 ─ 15 30 160408R/L-FS 1.3 ─ 15 30

L3

L3B2 B7

TNGG 160402R/L-F 2.5 ─ 15 30 160404R/L-F 2.5 ─ 15 30 160408R/L-F 2.5 ─ 15 30

L3 B2

L4

TNGG 160402R/L-K 1.5 7.1 15 ─ 160404R/L-K 1.5 5.4 15 ─ 160408R/L-K 1.5 5.1 15 ─

L3 B2

L4

TNGG 110302R/L 1.3 3.2 15 ─ 110304R/L 1.3 3.0 15 ─

110308R/L 1.3 2.7 15 ─

160304R/L 2.3 5.4 15 ─

160308R/L 2.3 5.1 15 ─

160402R/L 1.3 8.7 15 ─

160404R/L 2.3 5.4 15 ─

160408R/L 2.3 5.1 15 ─

160412R/L 2.3 4.8 15 ─

220404R/L 2.8 9.4 15 ─

220408R/L 2.8 9.1 15 ─ 220412R/L 2.8 8.8 15 ─

L3 B2

VNGG 160404R/L 1.8 ─ 15 ─ 160408R 1.8 ─ 15 ─

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEGATIVE INSERTS

PRECISION BREAKER SYSTEMSTANDARD OF INSERTS WITH HAND OF TOOL

Geometry Insert Number

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Page 8: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A007

a

L3 L4

L3

L3

20°30°

CCET 0602V3R/L-SR 2.2 ─ 060201R/L-SR 2.2 ─ 060202R/L-SR 2.2 ─ 060204R/L-SR 2.2 ─ 09T3V3R/L-SR 3.2 ─ 09T301R/L-SR 3.2 ─ 09T302R/L-SR 3.2 ─ 09T304R/L-SR 3.2 ─

L3

20°

CCET 060200R/L-SN 1.0 ─ 0602V3R/L-SN 1.0 ─ 060201R/L-SN 1.0 ─ 060202R/L-SN 1.0 ─ 060204R/L-SN 1.0 ─ 09T300R/L-SN 1.5 ─ 09T3V3R/L-SN 1.5 ─ 09T301R/L-SN 1.5 ─ 09T302R/L-SN 1.5 ─ 09T304R/L-SN 1.5 ─

L3

20°

CCET 0602V3R/LW-SN 1.0 ─ 09T3V3R/LW-SN 1.5 ─

L3

L3

20°15°

CCGH 060202R/L-F 1.2 ─ 060204R/L-F 1.4 ─

L3

L3

35°17°

CCGT 03S1V3L-F 0.8 ─ 03S101L-F 0.8 ─ 03S102L-F 0.8 ─ 03S104L-F 0.8 ─ 04T0V3L-F 1.0 ─ 04T001L-F 1.0 ─ 04T002L-F 1.0 ─ 04T004L-F 1.0 ─

L3

L414°

CCGT 0602V3R/L-SS 1.0 3.0 060201R/L-SS 1.0 3.0 060202R/L-SS 1.0 3.0 09T3V3R/L-SS 1.0 5.0 09T301R/L-SS 1.0 5.0 09T302R/L-SS 1.0 5.0

L3

L420°

CCGT 0602V3R-SN 1.0 3.0 060201R/L-SN 1.0 3.0 060202R/L-SN 1.0 3.0 09T3V3R/L-SN 1.5 5.0 09T301R/L-SN 1.5 5.0 09T302R/L-SN 1.5 5.0 09T304R/L-SN 1.5 5.0

L3

L3

20°15°

CPGT 080204R/L-F 0.6 ─ 090302R/L-F 0.8 ─ 090304R/L-F 0.8 ─

L3 L4

L3

L3

20°15°

CPMH 080204R/L-F 1.0 ─ 090304R/L-F 1.4 ─

L3

L3

20°30°

DCET 0702V3R/L-SR 2.5 ─ 070201R/L-SR 2.5 ─ 070202R/L-SR 2.5 ─ 070204R/L-SR 2.5 ─ 11T3V3R/L-SR 3.7 ─ 11T301R/L-SR 3.7 ─ 11T302R/L-SR 3.7 ─ 11T304R/L-SR 3.7 ─

L3

20°

DCET 070200R/L-SN 1.0 ─ 0702V3R/L-SN 1.0 ─ 070201R/L-SN 1.0 ─ 070202R/L-SN 1.0 ─ 070204R/L-SN 1.0 ─ 11T300R/L-SN 1.5 ─ 11T3V3R/L-SN 1.5 ─ 11T301R/L-SN 1.5 ─ 11T302R/L-SN 1.5 ─ 11T304R/L-SN 1.5 ─

L3

20°

DCET 0702V3R/LW-SN 1.0 ─ 11T3V3R/LW-SN 1.5 ─

L3

L3

20°* 17°

DCGT 070202R/L-F 1.0 ─ 070204R/L-F 1.0 ─ 11T302R/L-F 1.0 ─ 11T304R/L-F 1.0 ─

L3

L414°

DCGT 0702V3R/L-SS 1.0 3.5 070201R/L-SS 1.0 3.5 070202R/L-SS 1.0 3.5 11T3V3R-SS 1.0 6.5 11T301R-SS 1.0 6.5 11T302R-SS 1.0 6.5

L3

L420°

DCGT 0702V3R-SN 1.0 3.5 070201R-SN 1.0 3.5 070202R/L-SN 1.0 3.5 11T3V3R/L-SN 1.5 6.5 11T301R/L-SN 1.5 6.5 11T302R/L-SN 1.5 6.5 11T304R/L-SN 1.5 6.5

L3

20°

DEGX 150402R/L 2.8 ─ 150404R/L 2.8 ─

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

POSITIVE INSERTS

Geometry Insert Number

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Left hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Geometry Insert Number

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

*DCGT11T3ootype : 14°Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Page 9: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A008

a

L3 L4

L3

L3

20°25°

DEGX 150402R/L-F 2.5 ─ 150404R/L-F 2.5 ─

L3

L415°

SPGR090304R/L 1.8 1.6

L3

L3

20°14°

TCGT 0601V3L-F 1.0 ─ 060101L-F 1.0 ─ 060102R/L-F 1.0 ─ 060104R/L-F 1.0 ─

L3

L4 20°

TEGX 160302R/L 2.0 6.0 160304R/L 2.0 6.0

L3

L3

20°* 15°

TPGH 080202R/L-FS 0.9 ─ 080204R/L-FS 0.9 ─ 090202R/L-FS 1.0 ─ 090204R/L-FS 1.0 ─ 110302R/L-FS 1.4 ─ 110304R/L-FS 1.4 ─ 160304R/L-FS 2.0 ─ 160308R/L-FS 2.0 ─

L3

L4 15°

TPGR 110304R/L 1.3 3.0 160304R/L 2.3 5.4 160308R/L 2.3 5.1

L3

L3

20°10°

TPGX 080202R/L 1.3 ─ 080204R/L 1.3 ─ 090202R/L 1.6 ─ 090204R/L 1.6 ─ 090208R/L 1.4 ─ 110302R/L 1.8 ─ 110304R/L 1.8 ─ 110308R/L 1.8 ─

L3 L4

L3

L3

20°13°

VBGT 110302R/L-F 1.0 ─ 110304R/L-F 1.0 ─ 160402R/L-F 1.5 ─ 160404R/L-F 1.5 ─

L3

L3

20°30°

VBET 1103V3R/L-SR 2.5 ─ 110301R/L-SR 2.5 ─ 110302R/L-SR 2.5 ─ 110304R/L-SR 2.5 ─

L3

20°

VBET 110300R/L-SN 1.0 ─ 1103V3R/L-SN 1.0 ─ 110301R/L-SN 1.0 ─ 110302R/L-SN 1.0 ─ 110304R/L-SN 1.0 ─

L3

20°

VBET1103V3R/LW-SN 1.0 ─

L3L3

20°13°

VCGT 080202R/L-F 0.8 ─ 080204R/L-F 0.8 ─

L3

L3

20°25°

VDGX 160302R/L 2.0 ─ 160304R/L 2.0 ─

L3

L3

20°13°

VPET 080201R/L-SRF 0.8 ─ 080202R/L-SRF 0.8 ─ 1103V3R/L-SRF 1.0 ─ 110301R/L-SRF 1.0 ─ 110302R/L-SRF 1.0 ─

L3

L3

30°13°

WBGT 0201V3L-F 1.0 ─ 020101L-F 1.0 ─ 020102L-F 1.0 ─ 020104L-F 1.0 ─ L302V3L-F 1.0 ─ L30201L-F 1.0 ─ L30202R/L-F 1.0 ─ L30204R/L-F 1.0 ─

L3

L3

30°15°

WCGT 020102R/L 1.0 ─ 020104R/L 1.0 ─ L30202R/L 1.0 ─ L30204R/L 1.0 ─

L3

L3

20°15°

WPGT 040202R/L-FS 1.0 ─ 040204R/L-FS 1.0 ─ 060304R/L-FS 1.0 ─ 060308R/L-FS 1.0 ─

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

POSITIVE INSERTS

PRECISION BREAKER SYSTEMSTANDARD OF INSERTS WITH HAND OF TOOL

Geometry Insert Number

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Left hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

*TPGH1603ootype : 14°Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Geometry Insert Number

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Left hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Right hand insert shown.

Page 10: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A009

y

y

1234567890QU691NZ1AM3B9

CNMG120408-MPCNMG432MPMC6025

CNMG120408-MP MC6025CNMG432MP

120HB 140HB 160HB 180HB 200HB 220HB 240HB 260HB 280HB 300HB 320HB 340HB

P 1.34 1.19 1.08 1.00 0.92 0.85 0.80 0.75 0.71 0.68 0.64 0.61M 1.41 1.23 1.10 1.00 0.91 0.85 0.78 0.72 0.68 0.64 0.61 0.58K 1.27 1.19 1.09 1.00 0.97 0.91 0.88 0.85 0.81 0.78 0.75 0.72

a

a

z

a

a

c

v

x

UE6105 1.00 0.79 0.69 0.63 0.55UE6110 1.00 0.82 0.72 0.67 0.59

MC6025 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.69 0.62

UE6035 1.00 0.88 0.82 0.78 0.73

MP3025 1.00 0.85 0.77 0.72 0.65NX2525 1.00 0.87 0.80 0.76 0.70

MC7015 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.63MC7025 1.00 0.90 0.84 0.80 0.75

MP7035 1.00 0.84 0.76 0.71 0.62US735 1.00 0.78 0.68 0.61 0.53

MC5005 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.63MC5015 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.69 0.62

y

y

vc 310 - 190 m/min 1015 - 625 SFMf 0.16 - 0.50 mm/rev 0.006 - 0.020 IPR

P 180HBM 180HBK 180HB

S 320HB400HB

H HRC60

MADE IN JAPAN

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

OUTLINE provides customers with information and suitable cutting conditions for each work material by selecting the optimum

indexable insert together with a suitable tool life expectancy.

LABEL INDICATION

Cutting speed standards (Performance versus tool life) Feed rate standards

EDP code

P : Steel (Reference material : Carbon steel, alloy steel 180HB)M : Stainless steel (Reference material : Austenitic stainless steel 180HB)K : Cast iron (Reference material : Gray cast iron, ductile cast iron 180HB)N : Aluminium alloy, non-ferrous metalsS : Reference material : Titanium alloy 320HB, Ni-Based alloy 400HBH : Hardened steel HRC60

Work materials

Minimum and maximum feed rates shown are based on the chip control range and are dependant on the chip breaker geometry.

Work materialSoft (Hardness of workpiece) Hard

P Grade (Steel) cutting speed coefficient values

M Grade (Stainless Steel) cutting speed coefficient values

K Grade (Cast lron) cutting speed coefficient valuesTool lifeGrade 15min 30min 45min 60min 90min

Tool lifeGrade 15min 30min 45min 60min 90min

Tool lifeGrade 15min 30min 45min 60min 90min

HARDNESS OF THE WORK MATERIALHardness of the work material also affects tool life. Mitsubishi's suggests cutting speed variations when material hardness differs. Obtain the suitable coefficient value for each type of work material from the chart below. Multiply the coefficient value by the recommended cutting speed of the grade used to calculate a new cutting speed.

TOOL LIFECutting speed affects tool life. Mitsubishi's suggests cutting speeds according to the cutting speeds standard table shown above and based on Taylor's equation (relationship for tool grade, cutting conditions and tool life). When a different tool life is required, obtain the coefficient values from the charts below. Multiply the coefficient values by the cutting speed to calculate a new cutting speed.

(ex.) Medium cutting of steelThe 1st recommendationIndexable inserts Recommended cutting speed(Tool life : 15min.)

Tool life required by the customer : 30min.

310×0.83i257m/min

: MC6025 : CNMG120408-MP : vc=310m/min

*1 Some inserts will have multiple material recommendations.

*2 Please contact us for recommended cutting conditions when using coefficient values other than above.

*3. N :Cutting speed is determined using a grades wear resistance properties.Select higher speeds for stable applications and lower speeds for unstable applications.

*4. Tool life is shown in cutting time until the values below are - VB=0.3mm for ISO PMKS materials VB=0.1mm for ISO H materials

Global EDP code is a 10 digit number for stock keeping and is recorded on the QR code.

Work material

Max tool life

Max performance Material Hardness

90min 15min Carbon steel, alloy steel90min 15min Stainless steel90min 15min Cast iron

25min 5minTitanium alloyNi-Based alloy

80min 10min Hardened steel

z

v

xc

Page 11: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A010

FY

FY

FY

SY

SY

SY

VP25N

MP3025

UE6020

VP25N

MP3025

UE6020

y

a

y

FLMRH

PF FY VP25N 285─445 0.09─0.23 0.20─0.80

L SY VP25N 260─405 0.16─0.33 0.50─1.20

F FY MP3025 275─420 0.09─0.23 0.20─0.80

L SY MP3025 250─385 0.16─0.33 0.50─1.20

F FY UE6020 285─460 0.09─0.23 0.20─0.80

L SY UE6020 260─420 0.16─0.33 0.50─1.20

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS OPTIMUM GRADES AND CHIP BREAKERS FOR EXTERNAL TURNING

The following diagrams show for each type of work material, the optimal combination of suitable grades and chip breakers for each application area in turning.

Continuous CuttingConstant Depth of CutPre-MachinedSecurely Clamped Component Cutting

Heavy Interrupted CuttingIrregular Depth of CutLow Clamping Rigidity Cutting

CUTTING CONDITIONS CUTTING AREA

Selection of optimum inserts for turning

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Rough Cutting

Heavy Cutting

Mild Steel (ex. St37-2, Ck10)

NEGATIVE INSERTS

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

Finish Cutting Light Cutting

Cutting Area 1st RecommendationChip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

*Please refer to page A070 for other steel.

Page 12: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A011

FH

FH

FH

LP

LP

LP

MP

MP

MP

RP

RP

RP

HX

HX

HX

AP25N

MP3025

UE6110

UE6105

UE6110

MC6025

UE6105

UE6110

MC6025

UE6105

UE6110

MC6025

UE6110

UE6020

UH6400

P

FLMRH

F FH AP25N 215─340 0.08─0.20 0.20─1.00

L LP UE6105 220─405 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M MP UE6105 200─370 0.16─0.50 0.30─4.00

R RP UE6105 190─350 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

H HX UE6110 160─275 0.50─1.26 3.00─11.00

F FH MP3025 210─325 0.08─0.20 0.20─1.00

L LP UE6110 210─355 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M MP UE6110 190─325 0.16─0.50 0.30─4.00

R RP UE6110 180─310 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

H HX UE6020 155─250 0.50─1.26 3.00─11.00

F FH UE6110 230─390 0.08─0.20 0.20─1.00

L LP MC6025 210─340 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M MP MC6025 190─310 0.16─0.50 0.30─4.00

R RP MC6025 180─295 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

H HX UH6400 135─195 0.50─1.26 3.00─11.00

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel (ex. Ck45, 42CrMo4)

NEGATIVE INSERTS

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Rough Cutting

Heavy Cutting

CLASSIFICATION A042

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

Cutting Area 1st RecommendationChip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

*Please refer to page A070 for other steel.

Page 13: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A012

LM

LM

LM

MM

MM

MM

RM

RM

RM

MC7015

MC7025

MP7035

MC7015

MC7025

MP7035

MC7015

MC7025

MP7035

ML LM MC7015 180─285 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

M MM MC7015 160─255 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

R RM MC7015 155─245 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

L LM MC7025 160─215 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

M MM MC7025 145─195 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

R RM MC7025 140─185 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

L LM MP7035 95─155 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

M MM MP7035 85─140 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

R RM MP7035 85─135 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

LMR

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS OPTIMUM GRADES AND CHIP BREAKERS FOR EXTERNAL TURNING

NEGATIVE INSERTSStainless Steel (ex. X5CrNi189, X5CrNiMo1810)

Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

Cutting Area 1st RecommendationChip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Rough Cutting

*Please refer to page A072 for other stainless steel.

Page 14: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A013

LK MK RK

LK MK RK

LK MK RK

MC5005 MC5005 MC5005

MC5015 MC5015 MC5015

MC5015 MC5015 MC5015

MC5005

MC5015

MC5015

KL MC5005 235─375 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M MC5005 210─335 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

R MC5005 195─315 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

H MC5005 195─315 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

L MC5015 205─335 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M MC5015 190─305 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

R MC5015 180─285 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

H MC5015 180─285 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

L MC5015 205─335 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M MC5015 190─305 0.20─0.55 1.50─4.00

R MC5015 180─285 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

H MC5015 180─285 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

LMRH

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEGATIVE INSERTSCast Iron (ex. GG30)

CLASSIFICATION A042

Cutting Area 1st RecommendationChip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)

Stable Cutting

LKMKRKFlat Top

General Cutting

LKMKRKFlat Top

Unstable Cutting

LKMKRKFlat Top

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Flat Top

Flat Top

Flat Top

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Rough Cutting

Heavy Cutting

*Please refer to page A077 for other cast iron.

Page 15: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A014

FJ

FJ

FJ

LS

LS

MJ

MS

MS

MS

RS

RS

GJ

RT9010

RT9010

RT9010

MT9015

MT9015

RT9010

MT9015

MT9015

RT9010

MT9015

MT9015

RT9010

SF FJ RT9010 45─95 0.07─0.20 0.10─1.00

L LS MT9015 40─85 0.10─0.25 0.20─0.80

M MS MT9015 40─80 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

R RS MT9015 35─75 0.20─0.35 1.00─4.00

F FJ RT9010 45─95 0.07─0.20 0.10─1.00

L LS MT9015 40─85 0.10─0.25 0.20─0.80

M MS MT9015 40─80 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

R RS MT9015 35─75 0.20─0.35 1.00─4.00

F FJ RT9010 45─95 0.07─0.20 0.10─1.00

L MJ RT9010 40─80 0.07─0.25 0.40─1.50

M MS RT9010 40─80 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

R GJ RT9010 35─75 0.16─0.35 1.00─3.00

FLMR

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEGATIVE INSERTSTitanium Alloy (ex. Ti-6Al-4V)

OPTIMUM GRADES AND CHIP BREAKERS FOR EXTERNAL TURNING

Cutting Area 1st RecommendationChip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Rough Cutting

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

Page 16: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A015

FJ

FJ

FJ

LS

LS

MJ

MS

MS

MS

RS

RS

GJ

VP10RT

VP10RT

VP15TF

MP9005

MP9015

VP15TF

MP9005

MP9015

VP15TF

MP9015

MP9015

VP15TF

SF FJ VP10RT 30─60 0.07─0.20 0.10─1.00

L LS MP9005 30─110 0.10─0.25 0.20─0.80

M MS MP9005 30─100 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

R RS MP9015 20─75 0.20─0.35 1.00─4.00

F FJ VP10RT 30─60 0.07─0.20 0.10─1.00

L LS MP9015 25─85 0.10─0.25 0.20─0.80

M MS MP9015 25─80 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

R RS MP9015 20─75 0.20─0.35 1.00─4.00

F FJ VP15TF 20─40 0.07─0.20 0.10─1.00

L MJ VP15TF 20─35 0.07─0.25 0.40─1.50

M MS VP15TF 20─35 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

R GJ VP15TF 15─30 0.16─0.35 1.00─3.00

FLMR

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEGATIVE INSERTSNi, Co-Based Alloy (ex. Inconel®718)

CLASSIFICATION A042

Cutting Area 1st RecommendationChip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Rough Cutting

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

Page 17: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A016

FP MPLP

FP MPLP

FP MPLP

NX2525 NX2525

UE6110 UE6110

MC6025 MC6025

NX2525

UE6110

MC6025

P

FLM

F FP NX2525 225─320 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

L LP NX2525 225─320 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

M MP NX2525 185─265 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F FP UE6110 250─425 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

L LP UE6110 250─425 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

M MP UE6110 205─350 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F FP MC6025 250─405 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

L LP MC6025 250─405 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

M MP MC6025 205─335 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Mild Steel (ex. St37-2, Ck10)

7° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

OPTIMUM GRADES AND CHIP BREAKERS FOR EXTERNAL TURNING

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

Cutting Area 1st RecommendationChip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

*Please refer to page A081 for other steel.

Page 18: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A017

FP MPLP

FP MPLP

FP MPLP

NX2525 NX2525

UE6110 UE6110

MC6025 MC6025

NX2525

UE6110

MC6025

P

FLM

F FP NX2525 165─235 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

L LP NX2525 165─235 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

M MP NX2525 135─195 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F FP UE6110 185─310 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

L LP UE6110 185─310 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

M MP UE6110 150─260 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F FP MC6025 185─295 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

L LP MC6025 185─295 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

M MP MC6025 150─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel (ex. Ck45, 42CrMo4)

7° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CLASSIFICATION A056

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

Cutting Area 1st RecommendationChip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

*Please refer to page A081 for other steel.

Page 19: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A018

VP15TF

VP15TF

VP15TF

MC7025 MC7025

MC7025 MC7025

MP7035 MP7035

FM

FM

FM

LM MM

LM MM

LM MM

M

FLM

F FM VP15TF 75─125 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

L LM MC7025 140─190 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

M MM MC7025 115─155 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F FM VP15TF 75─125 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

L LM MC7025 140─190 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

M MM MC7025 115─155 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F FM VP15TF 75─125 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

L LM MP7035 85─135 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

M MM MP7035 70─115 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Stainless Steel (ex. X5CrNi189, X5CrNiMo1810)

7° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

OPTIMUM GRADES AND CHIP BREAKERS FOR EXTERNAL TURNING

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

Cutting Area 1st RecommendationChip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

*Please refer to page A083 for other stainless steel.

Page 20: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A019

MC5005 MC5005 MC5005

MC5015 MC5015 MC5015

MC5015 MC5015 MC5015

MK

MK

MK

MK

MK

MK

KF MC5005 170─270 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L MC5005 170─270 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M MC5005 170─270 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F MC5015 155─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L MC5015 155─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M MC5015 155─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F MC5015 155─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L MC5015 155─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M MC5015 155─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

FLM

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Cast Iron (ex. GG30)

7° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLECutting Area 1st Recommendation

Chip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)

Stable Cutting

MKMKFlat Top

General Cutting

MKMKFlat Top

Unstable Cutting

MKMKFlat Top

CLASSIFICATION A056

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

Flat Top

Flat Top

Flat Top

*Please refer to page A086 for other cast iron.

Page 21: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A020

AZ

AZ

AZ

HTi10

HTi10

HTi10

NF AZ HTi10 300─700 0.10─0.40 0.20─3.00

F AZ HTi10 300─700 0.10─0.40 0.20─3.00

F AZ HTi10 300─700 0.10─0.40 0.20─3.00

F

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

7° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLEAluminium Alloy (ex. A6061, A7075)

OPTIMUM GRADES AND CHIP BREAKERS FOR EXTERNAL TURNING

Cutting Area 1st RecommendationChip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)

Stable CuttingGeneral CuttingUnstable Cutting

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Finish Cutting

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

Finish Cutting

*Please refer to page A088 for other aluminium alloy.

Page 22: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A021

FJ

FJ

FJ

RT9010

RT9010

RT9010

SF FJ RT9010 30─75 0.04─0.12 0.20─1.40

F FJ RT9010 30─75 0.04─0.12 0.20─1.40

F FJ RT9010 30─75 0.04─0.12 0.20─1.40

F

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Titanium Alloy (ex. Ti-6Al-4V)

7° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLECutting Area 1st Recommendation

Chip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)Stable CuttingGeneral CuttingUnstable Cutting

CLASSIFICATION A056

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Finish Cutting

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

Finish Cutting

Page 23: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A022

FJ

FJ

FJ

VP10RT

VP10RT

VP10RT

SF FJ VP10RT 20─45 0.04─0.12 0.20─1.40

F FJ VP10RT 20─45 0.04─0.12 0.20─1.40

F FJ VP10RT 20─45 0.04─0.12 0.20─1.40

F

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Ni, Co-Based Alloy (ex. Inconel®718)

7° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLECutting Area 1st Recommendation

Chip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)Stable CuttingGeneral CuttingUnstable Cutting

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Finish Cutting

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

OPTIMUM GRADES AND CHIP BREAKERS FOR EXTERNAL TURNINGFinish Cutting

Page 24: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A023

R-R/L

R-R/L

R-R/L

NX2525

NX2525

UTi20T

NX2525NX2525

UE6110UE6110

UE6020UE6020

PF NX2525 225─320 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L NX2525 185─265 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M NX2525 185─265 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F NX2525 225─320 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L UE6110 205─350 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M UE6110 205─350 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F UTi20T 115─165 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L UE6020 195─320 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M UE6020 195─320 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

FLM

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Mild Steel (ex. St37-2, Ck10)

11° POSITIVE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLECutting Area 1st Recommendation

Chip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)

Stable Cutting

R-R/LStandardStandard

General Cutting

R-R/LStandardStandard

Unstable Cutting

R-R/LStandardStandard

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

Finish Cutting Medium CuttingFinish Cutting Medium CuttingLight Cutting

CLASSIFICATION A056, A062

Standard Standard

Standard Standard

Standard Standard

Page 25: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A024

R-R/L

R-R/L

R-R/L

NX2525

NX2525

UTi20T

NX2525NX2525

UE6110UE6110

UE6020UE6020

PF NX2525 165─235 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L NX2525 135─195 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M NX2525 135─195 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F NX2525 165─235 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L UE6110 150─260 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M UE6110 150─260 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F UTi20T 85─120 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L UE6020 145─235 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M UE6020 145─235 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

FLM

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel (ex. Ck45, 42CrMo4)

11° POSITIVE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLECutting Area 1st Recommendation

Chip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)

Stable Cutting

R-R/LStandardStandard

General Cutting

R-R/LStandardStandard

Unstable Cutting

R-R/LStandardStandard

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

Finish Cutting Medium CuttingFinish Cutting Medium CuttingLight Cutting

Standard Standard

Standard Standard

Standard Standard

OPTIMUM GRADES AND CHIP BREAKERS FOR EXTERNAL TURNING

Page 26: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A025

R-R/L

R-R/L

R-R/L

NX2525

NX2525

UTi20T

UC5105UC5105

UC5115UC5115

VP15TFVP15TF

KF NX2525 150─205 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L UC5105 135─250 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M UC5105 135─250 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F NX2525 150─205 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L UC5115 130─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M UC5115 130─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F UTi20T 80─115 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L VP15TF 115─160 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M VP15TF 115─160 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

FLM

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Cast Iron (ex. GG30)

11° POSITIVE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLECutting Area 1st Recommendation

Chip Breaker Grade vc (m/min) f (mm/rev) ap (mm)

Stable Cutting

R-R/LFlat TopFlat Top

General Cutting

R-R/LFlat TopFlat Top

Unstable Cutting

R-R/LFlat TopFlat Top

CLASSIFICATION A062

Stable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

vc : Cutting Speed f : Feedap : Depth of Cut

Light CuttingFinish Cutting Medium Cutting

Flat TopFlat Top Flat Top

Flat TopFlat Top

Flat TopFlat Top

*Please refer to page A091 for other cast iron.

Page 27: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A026

y

y

y

SN

SV

SMG MVSS

SR

FS FV

F

R/L

FJ

MJ

─ ─ ─ ─ ─ ─ ─

─ ─ ─

─ ─ ─ ─

─ ─ ─

─ ─ ─ ─

FJ ─ ─ ─ ─

MJ ─ ─ ─ ─

FS ─ ─ ─ ─ ─ ─ ─ ─

F ─ ─ ─

R/L ─ ─ ─ ─ ─ ─ ─ ─ ─

─ ─ ─ ─ ─ ─ ─ ─

SR ─ ─

SS ─ ─ ─

SN

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TSTURNING INSERTS

PRECISION BREAKER SYSTEMANGULAR AND PARALLEL CHIP BREAKER 3-D CHIP BREAKER

CHIP CONTROL RANGE

FEATURES OF CHIP BREAKER

CHIP CONTROL RANGE • Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel • Stainless Steel

• Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel • Stainless Steel

• Difficult-to-Cut Materials

Breaker

Breaker

Breaker Breaker

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Breaker

Breaker

Breaker Breaker

Breaker

Breaker

StandardStandard

Breaker

Breaker

Breaker Features CCGH/CCGT Type

CCMH/CCMT CPMH/CPMT

TypeDCMT Type

DCGT Type

TCGT/TCMT Type

TPMH Type

VBGT/VBMT Type

VCMT Type

WBMT/WCGT Type

SMG(G class)

aa

a

For medium cutting.3D moulded chipbreaker provides good chip control.G class insert gives sharp cutting action, allowing high precision machining.

FV(M class)

a

a

Sharp cutting edge and low resistance design achieves excellent cutting performance.Suitable for low depths of cut and low feed rates.

SV(M class)

a

a

For light cutting.A peninsular dot ensures chip control at depths of cut under 1mm.

MV(M class)

a

a

A positive insert and the large rake angle achieve sharp cutting edge performance.The double breakers and round-shaped dots in the rake face achieve a wide range of chip discharge.

Standard(M class)

aa

For medium cutting.Balance of edge strength and sharpness due to a combination of a flat land and large rake angle.

a

a

The curved edge allows smooth chip discharge.The large rake angle highly suitable for finishing difficult-to-cut materials.

a

a

The curved edge allows smooth chip discharge.Large rake angle highly suitable for finish-light cutting difficult-to-cut materials.

Breaker Features CCGH/CCGT Type

CPGT Type

DCGT Type

TPGH Type

TPGV/TPGT Type

TCGT Type

VBGT/VCGT Type

WBGT Type

WCGT Type

WPGT Type

aa

a

For precision finishing.Small width lead breaker for excellent chip control.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

a

a

a

For finish cutting.Lead breaker controls chip flow.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

a

a

Lead breaker for light cutting.Good chip control for low to medium feed rates.

Standarda

a

For light cutting.Good chip control for low to medium feed rates.

Breaker Features CCET Type CCGT Type DCET Type DCGT Type VBET Type

a

a

The wide lead breaker for medium cutting is suitable for automatic lathe machining.The insert design for low resistance controls chip flow.

a

a

The parallel breaker for light cutting is suitable for automatic lathe machining.Excellent chip control at low feed rates.

a

a

The parallel breaker for general purpose is suitable for automatic lathe machining.Excellent chip control for low to medium feed rates.

Page 28: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A027

y y

FS ─ ─ ─

F ─ ─ ─

K ─ ─ ─

R/L

FS

FK

R/L

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

ANGULAR AND PARALLEL CHIP BREAKERS (NEGATIVE INSERTS)

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FEATURES OF CHIP BREAKER

Breaker

Breaker

Breaker

Breaker

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Breaker Features DNGG Type

SNGG Type

TNGG Type

VNGG Type

a

a

a

For precision finishing.Small width lead breaker for good chip control.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

a

a

a

For finish cutting.Lead breaker controls chip flow.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

a

a

Parallel breaker for light cutting.Excellent chip control for low to medium feed rates.

a

a

Parallel breaker for medium cutting.Good chip control for medium feed rates.

Page 29: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A028

y

*

y

y y

y

y

y

40

30

20

10

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6

MW (93°)MW (91°)

a

a

a

a

Rz(W)=Rz×0.5

40

30

20

10

0 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TSTURNING INSERTS

• The wiper insert is designed with a wiper edge that is situated where the straight edge meets the corner radius.

• In comparison to conventional breakers, the surface finish does not deteriorate even if the feed rate is doubled.

• Machining at high feed rates improves cutting efficiency.

WIPER INSERTWhat is a Wiper Insert?

Wiper

Improving Surface FinishUnder the same machining conditions as conventional breakers, but with the feed rate increased, the surface finish of the workpiece can be improved.

Improving EfficiencyHigh feed rates not only shorten machining times but also make it possible to combine roughing and finishing operations.

Increased Tool LifeWhen using to high feed conditions, the time required to cut one component is decreased, thus more parts can be machined with each insert. In addition, the high feed rate prevents rubbing, therefore, delaying the progression of wear and increasing the tool life of the insert.

Improving Chip ControlUnder high feed conditions, the chips generated become thicker and are more easily broken, thus, chip control is improved.

Wiper insert+

High feed (The feed rate is doubled.)

Standard insert+

The conventional feed condition

Finished surface Same surface

roughness

Please use a wiper insert at high feed rate.<Cutting Conditions> Workpiece : DIN Ck45Insert : CNMG120408-ooCutting Speed=200m/minDepth of Cut=1.5mmFeed Speed=0.2–0.6mm/revWet Outer Diameter Cutting

Sur

face

Rou

ghne

ss

Rz

( μm

)

Feed f (mm/rev)

Standard Insert

Wiper InsertMW Breaker

<Ex> The surface roughness does not deteriorate even if the feed rate is doubled (0.3→0.6)!

A wiper insert + machining at high feed rate• Reduced machining time (per workpieces)• Increased number of workpieces (per definitive time period)• Improving chip control

A wiper insert + machining at conventional feed rate• Eliminating the finishing step by roughing and finishing together

(Separate roughing and finishing steps | Single-step machining)

• Reducing cycle times • Increased productivity • Avoiding Line-Stoppage

The realisation of Reduced Costs!!

The estimate of finished surface roughness when using a wiper insert

Special attention is not necessary when using CNMG • WNMG • CCMT types

Special attention is necessary when using the DNMX • TNMX types due to the special top face geometry

The effects of wiper inserts on external machining, boring and facing.

The surface roughness when machining at corner R or taper angle over 5°, is the same as machining with standard inserts.

Rz(W)=Finished surface roughness when using a wiper insert.

Rz : Finished surface roughness from conventional conditions.(When using a standard insert)

Effective usage of a wiper insertNon effective usage of a wiper insert

No Restriction for Holders

Restriction for Holders Necessary to Adjust the Machining Programme

Not Necessary to Adjust the Machining ProgrammeA standard holder can be used.

(* A double clamp, high rigidity tool is recommended.)

Use a holder with an end cutting angle of 93° for improving wiper efficiency. A holder with an end cutting angle of 91° can improve wiper efficiency (see the following figure), however, there is no wiper efficiency with other end cutting angles (60°, 90°, 107°etc.).

When machining errors occur, please adjust the programme.(The DNMX•TNMX types are not based on the ISO/ANSI. Please refer to the next page.)

Conventional machining programmes can be used.(The CNMG • WNMG • CCMT types are based on the ISO/ANSI.)

Non restriction

Not necessary to

adjust

End Cutting Angle

95°

End Cutting Angle 75°

The CNMG type can be used as a wiper at the 100°corner.

The hole geometry of the DNMX and TNMX type are the same as the DNMG and TNMG types. The "X" represents the special geometry of the Corner point.

Theo

retic

al S

urfa

ce

Rou

ghne

ss R

z ( m

)

Ex):Theoretical surface roughness of holders when using the TNMX160412-MW.

93° (Specified)

Adjustment necessary

End Cutting Angle

Standard corner radius

Standard corner radius

<Example of insert point>

Wiper corner radius

Feed f (mm/rev)

In case the angle is over than 5°

*

Page 30: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A029

-25─-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20─35 40 45 50 55 60─65 70 75─85 90

1.2 0.04 0.03 0.01 0 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.02 0.01 -0.01 0 0.01 00.8 0.03 0.02 0.01 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0 -0.01 0 0.01 00.4 0.02 0.01 0.01 0 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0 -0.01 -0.01 0 0

'° ( - )'° ( + )

R 1.2

R 1.2

0.05

R2.14=2.0+0.14

R 1.2

R 1.16

R2.0 R2.0

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Adjustment of machining programmes for DNMX • TNMX typesBasic Process) Adjusting Toward X-axis and Z-axisAdjusting the differential between a standard insert and Z-axis / X-axis.

A) Adjusting a Taper

B) Adjusting a Corner R

The Easy-to-correct MethodCorner Radius Correction

The value of adjustment to workpiece R = Workpiece R + the adjustment value*No adjusting of the corner radius in this case.

The value of corrected corner radius = approximation*No need to adjust the programme in this case.

Classification

*Necessary to maintain a correct taper.

*Necessary to maintain a correct corner radius.

Geometry of adjusted program

The depth of

over cut

Adjustment toward X-axisStandard insert

Adjust the relief angle toward the normal line.

Adjust the work diameter to the same as the taper to prevent over-cut.

Note) Adjust the angle toward the normal line in the case where the adjustment number is minus ( ' =60°─70°) and is not machined completely.

Corner radius 0.4,0.8 : 0.04 mmCorner radius 1.2 : 0.05 mm

DNMX,TNMX type

The corner radius of the insert

The corner radius of the insert

The adjustment amount on the workpiece radius.

The value of corrected corner radius = approximation

Workpiece radius 2.0

In correcting corner radius:It is not necessary to adjust the machining programme, however, machining errors can occur within max. ±0.03mm due to correcting by an approximate number.

Input the correction number of each corner radius.

Workpiece radius 2.0

Geometry of adjusted programme

The actual machining geometry

Adjustment toward Z-axis

Standard insert

DNMX,TNMX type

(Not closed to Corner R)0.01mm

The actual machining geometry

The de

pth of

over

cut

Corner radiusTaper Angle '°

The number→+numbers:adjustment of relief angle, -numbers:adjustment of drive-in angle (mm)

Corner Radius 0.4 |

Corner Radius 0.8 |

Corner Radius 1.2 |

Corner Radius 0.4 |

Corner Radius 0.8 |

Corner Radius 1.2 |

Work Radius+0.05(mm)

Work Radius+0.11(mm)

Work Radius+0.14(mm)

R0.36(mm)

R0.76(mm)

R1.16(mm)

Work radius Adjusted conditions

Ex) : In case of machining R 2.0 when using a corner R 1.2 type insert.

Ex): In the case of machining a corner with a radius R 2.0 when using an insert with a corner radius R 1.2.

Others) The value of correction is same for both DNMX and TNMX. Discriminate them by the size of corner radius.

Page 31: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A030

a

CVD PVD

P P01

P10

P20

P30

P40

M M01

M10

M20

M30

M40

K K01

K10

K20

K30

N N01

N10

N20

N30

S S01

S10

S20

S30

H H01

H10

H20

H30

=

UE6105

UE6110

UE6020

MC6025MY5015

MC7015

MP7035MC7025

UE6035

UH6400

VP10RT

VP15TF

VP20MF

VP20RT

UP20M

NX2525

NX3035

VP25N

VP45N

UTi2

0T

AP25N

US7020

US735

MC5005

MP9005

UC5105

MC5015

UC5115

MY5015

VP10RT

VP15TF

VP20RT

NX2525

VP25N

AP25N HTi0

5T

UTi2

0T

MB710

MB730

MB4020

MBS140

VP10RT

VP15TF

VP20MF

VP20RT

UP20M

NX2525

VP25N

AP25N

UTi2

0T

US905

VP05RT

VP10RT

MP9015

MT9015

VP15TF

VP20RT

HTi10 M

D220

MD205

MD230

RT9005

RT9010

TF15

MB730

MBC010

BC8020

MB8025

MB835

MB825

MB810

MP3025

MBC020

HTi10

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TSTURNING INSERTS

GRADES FOR TURNINGINDEXABLE INSERT GRADES FOR TURNING

ISOCoated Carbide

Cermet Coated Cermet

Cemented Carbide

Coated CBN CBN PCD

(Sintered Diamond)

Ste

elS

tain

less

Ste

elC

ast I

ron

Non

-Fer

rous

Met

alHe

at R

esist

ant A

lloy •

Ti A

lloy

Har

dene

d S

teel

Page 32: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A031

P M

K N

400

300

200

100

500

400

300

200

100

300

200

100

800

600

400

200

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MC6025

UTi20T

VP45N

UE6105

UE6110

HTi10

MD220

HTi10

VP15TF

UTi20T

MD205

MD230

MC7015

MC7025

US735

MP7035

MC5015

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6

AP25NVP25N

NX2525NX3035MP3025

MC5005

MBS140

HTi05T

AP25NVP25N NX2525

MB710 MB730MB4020

UH6400

VP15TF

UE6035

US735

VP10RT

VP15TF

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TSTURNING APPLICATION RANGE

STEEL

CAST IRON

STAINLESS STEEL

NON-FERROUS METAL

Cut

ting

Spe

ed ( m

/min

)C

uttin

g S

peed

( m/m

in)

Cut

ting

Spe

ed ( m

/min

)C

uttin

g S

peed

( m/m

in)

Feed (mm/rev)

Feed (mm/rev)

Feed (mm/rev)

Feed (mm/rev)

Cermet and Coated Cermet

Sintered CBNSolid CBN

Cermet and Coated Cermet

Sintered Diamond

Cemented Carbide

Cemented Carbide

Cemented Carbide

Cemented Carbide

CVD • PVD Coated Carbide

CVD • PVD Coated Carbide

CVD • PVD Coated Carbide

Page 33: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A032

P

M

K

P

K

400

300

200

100

0

300

200

100

0

1500

1000

500

0

400

300

200

100

0

500

400

300

200

100

0

UE6105

MC7015

VP15TF

MC7025

MP7035

UE6110

VP15TF

MC6025UE6035

AP25N

MC5005

MC5015

NX2525 VP15TF

NX2525

NX3035

MP3025

MB710

MB730

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TSTURNING INSERTS

TURNING APPLICATION RANGE

STEEL (Medium-Rough Cutting)

STAINLESS STEEL

CAST IRON (CBN)

STEEL (Finish Cutting)

CAST IRON

Cut

ting

Spe

ed ( m

/min

)C

uttin

g S

peed

( m/m

in)

Cut

ting

Spe

ed ( m

/min

)

Cut

ting

Spe

ed ( m

/min

)C

uttin

g S

peed

( m/m

in)

Cutting Conditions

Cutting Conditions

Cutting Conditions

Cutting Conditions

Cutting Conditions

Recommendation of the insert grade based on cutting speed and conditions for each workpiece material.a

Page 34: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A033

y

S S

H

N N

100

75

50

25

0

100

75

50

25

0

400

300

200

100

0

600

400

200

0

1500

1000

500

0

MP9005

MT9015

MP9015

VP15TF VP15TF

MBC010

MBC020 BC8020

MB835

HTi10 MD220

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Continuous CuttingConstant Depth of CutPre-MachinedSecurely Clamped Component Cutting

Heavy Interrupted CuttingIrregular Depth of CutLow Clamping Rigidity Cutting

CUTTING CONDITIONSStable Cutting

General Cutting

Unstable Cutting

HEAT RESISTANT ALLOY TITANIUM ALLOY

HARDENED MATERIALS (CBN)

NON-FERROUS METAL NON-FERROUS METAL (PCD)

Cut

ting

Spe

ed ( m

/min

)

Cut

ting

Spe

ed ( m

/min

)

Cut

ting

Spe

ed ( m

/min

)C

uttin

g S

peed

( m/m

in)

Cut

ting

Spe

ed ( m

/min

)

Cutting Conditions Cutting Conditions

Cutting Conditions

Cutting Conditions Cutting Conditions

Page 35: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A034

a

P01

P10

P20

P30

P40

M01

M10

M20

M30

M40

K01

K10

K20

K30

S01

P UE6105 300(200 ─ 400)

UE6110 250(150 ─ 400)

MC6025 200(100 ─ 280)

UE6035 150(80 ─ 200)

MMC7015 200

(160 ─ 250)

MC7025 150(120 ─ 200)

US735 100(80 ─ 120)

KMC5005 300

(200 ─ 400)

MC5015 250(150 ─ 300)

S US905 80(50 ─ 100)

MC5005/MC5015 MC5005 MC5015

MC5005

TiCN

Al2O3

Al2O3

TiCN

Al2O3

UE610

5

UE611

0

UH6400U

E6020

US7020

MC5005

UC510

5

US90

5

UC511

5

MC5015

MY5015

US735

UE6

035

MC6025

MC7015

MC7025

MY5015

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TSTURNING INSERTS

COATED CARBIDE (CVD)Special tough fibrous structure improves wear and fracture resistance.It covers a wide application range and thus reduces the number of tools required.

TURNING

a

a

SELECTION STANDARD

ISO Application RangeWork Material Cutting Mode Recommended Grade Recommended Cutting

Speed (m/min)

Steel

Continuous Cutting

Interrupted Cutting

Stainless Steel

Continuous Cutting

Continuous and

Interrupted Cutting

Cast IronDuctile Cast Iron

Continuous Cutting

Interrupted Cutting

Heat Resistant Alloy

Continuous and Interrupted Cutting

Patented technology

Patented technology

The interface between the layers is controlled at the nano level, allowing the TOUGH GRIP layer extremely high levels of adhesion to prevent delamination.

The optimised crystal growth, Nano-Texture coating technology gives outstanding wear and chipping resistance.

Tough Grip Technology

Nano-Texture Coating Technology

Tough grip performance comparisonConventional thick layers show the adverse affects of peeling.

Large chipping and peeling of the coating

Conventional A Conventional B Conventional C

Nano-texture

Nano-texture

Special carbide substrate HRA91.0

Tough grip

Achieved by combining the latest coating technologies.Extra thick Al2O3 coating layer.

Conventional BConventional A

Thickness comparisons of Al2O3More than twice as thick as conventional Al2O3 coating layers.

Nano-textureUltra thick layer

Nano-texture

Special carbide substrate HRA91.0

Tough grip

ISO insert series for Cast Iron Turning

Page 36: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A035

UC5105 92.2 2.0 ─

MC5005 91.0 2.2 ─

UC5115 91.0 2.2 ─

MC5015 91.0 2.2 ─

UE6105 90.8 1.8UE6110 90.3 2.0UE6020 90.0 2.2MC6025 90.2 2.2UE6035 89.5 2.3UH6400 89.5 2.3MC7015 90.7 2.0US7020 90.5 2.0MC7025 89.4 2.4 ─

US735 89.0 2.6 ─

US905 92.2 2.0 ─

MY5015 91.2 2.4 ─

CNMG120416-MA(UE6110) CNMG120408-MP(MC6025)

210 1800.3 0.253.0 2.0

MC7015/MC7025

UE6110 MC6025

10 20 20 40

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

GRADE CHARACTERISTICS

APPLICATION EXAMPLES

GradeSubstrate Coating Layer

Hardness(HRA) T.R.S (GPa) Surface Composition Thickness

TiCN-AI2O3 ThickTiCN-AI2O3 ThickTiCN-AI2O3 ThickTiCN-AI2O3 Thick

Tough Accumulated TiCN-AI2O3-Ti Compound ThickTough Accumulated TiCN-AI2O3-Ti Compound ThickTough Accumulated TiCN-AI2O3-Ti Compound ThickTough Accumulated TiCN-AI2O3-Ti Compound ThickTough TiCN-AI2O3-TiN ThickTough Accumulated TiCN-AI2O3-Ti Compound ThickTough TiCN-AI2O3-TiN ThinTough TiCN-AI2O3-TiN Thin

TiCN-AI2O3-TiN ThinTi Compound Thin

TiCN-AI2O3-TiN ThinTiCN-AI2O3-TiN Thin

* 1GPa=102kg/mm2

Insert (Grade)

Workpiece

Alloy steel (DIN 41CrMo4)

Alloy steel (JIS-SCM435H)

Cut

ting

C

ondi

tions Cutting Speed (m/min)

Feed (mm/rev)Depth of Cut (mm)Coolant Wet cutting Wet cutting

Result

pieces/corner pieces/corner

Competitor's P10 coating Competitor's P20 coating

UE6110 achieved more than double tool life. MC6025 achieved more than double tool life.

Thin layer, Nano-texture Al2O3

Smooth cutting edge

Controls abnormal damage

Tough, Nano-texture TiCNHigh wear resistance

Special carbide substratePlastic deformation resistance Chipping resistance

Prevents welding

MC7015/MC7025 achieves stable high efficiency machining for stainless steel from general-purpose to high speed range by a combination of new special substrate with excellent plastic deformation resistance and tough CVD coating.

Excellent machining efficiency in general-purpose machining and high speed machining of stainless steel.

Page 37: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A036

P VP10RT P01

VP15TF P10

VP20MF P20

VP20RT P30

UP20M P40

M VP10RT M01

VP15TF M10

VP20MF M20

VP20RT M30

UP20M M40

KVP10RT K01

K10VP15TF

K20

VP20RT K30

S MP9005 S01

MP9015 S10

VP20RT S20

VP15TF S30

a

a

a

MP9005/MP9015 MT9015

MP9005/MP9015 MT9015

S05 MP9005

S15 MP9015S15 MT9015

VP10RT

VP10RT

VP10RT

VP15TF

VP15TF

VP15TF

VP05RT

VP20MF

VP20MF

VP20RT

VP10RT

MP9015

MP9005

VP20RT

VP20RT

UP20M

UP20M

VP15TF

VP20RT

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TSTURNING INSERTS

COATED CARBIDE (PVD)PVD coating prolongs tool life.Coating of tools with sharp edges is possible without softening or changing the quality of the substrate.

TURNINGSELECTION STANDARD

Work Material Coating Name Recommended Grade ISO Application Range

SteelVP Coating

UP Coating

Stainless SteelVP Coating

UP Coating

K

Cast Iron VP Coating

S

Heat Resistant Alloy

AI-rich Coating

VP Coating

ISO Turning Inserts for Difficult to Cut MaterialsPVD coated grade Carbide grade (Non coated)

High Al-(Al,Ti)N single layer coating technology

Special cemented carbide substrate

ISO Grade Grade Concept ApplicationTop-quality grade focusing on wear resistance

Heat Resistant Alloy Finish-Medium Cutting

First recommendation for general applications

Heat Resistant Alloy Medium-Rough Cutting

ISO Grade Grade Concept Application

New cemented carbide with sharp cutting edge, excellent wear and fracture resistance

Titanium alloy General cutting

Page 38: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A037

DCMT11T304-MV(VP15TF) CNMG120408-MJ(VP10RT)

170 2000.14 0.250.25 0.5

CNMG120408-MJ(VP10RT) TNMG160408-MJ(VP05RT)

31 1200.2 0.052.3 0.5

(r)

900

800

700

600

50 60 70 80 (N)

0 400 8000 500 1500

0 1 2 0 75 150 300

ø45

ø85

ø45

ø36

ø50

VP15TF

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Insert (Grade)

Workpiece

Alloy steel Stainless Steel (Fan parts)

Cut

ting

C

ondi

tions Cutting Speed (m/min)

Feed (mm/rev)Depth of Cut (mm)Coolant Wet cutting Wet cutting

Result

APPLICATION EXAMPLES

FEATURES OF VP (MIRACLE) COATINGCompared to conventional coating technology, VP (MIRACLE) coating features (Al, Ti) N coating with highly increased heat resistance and adhesion strength.

Oxi

datio

n Te

mpe

ratu

re

Adhesion Strength

Competitor's Coating Grade

Increased Adhesion Strength

Increased Heat Resistance

MIRACLE Coating

Insert (Grade)

Workpiece

Inconel 718 (Pin) Sintered iron parts (FH655)

Cut

ting

C

ondi

tions Cutting Speed (m/min)

Feed (mm/rev)Depth of Cut (mm)Coolant Wet cutting Wet cutting

Result

pieces/corner pieces/corner

pieces/corner pieces/corner

Competitor's P30 coating

M Class

VP15TF does not experience chipping.This enables stable machining and much longer tool life.

MJ breaker achieved 1.5 times longer tool life.

(VP10RT)

(VP10RT) (VP05RT)

M Class

Competitor's P20 carbide (M Class)

Competitor's coated carbide

Competitor's K10 carbide (M Class)

MJbreaker

VP10RT achieved 4 times longer tool life.MJ breaker for excellent chip disposal and vastly increased tool life.

MJ breaker achieved 5 times longer tool life.

MJbreaker MJbreaker

Page 39: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A038

PNX2525 P01

P10

NX3035P20

K

NX2525

K01

K10

K20

a

y y

y

NX2525 92.2 2.0 33 7.8NX3035 91.5 2.1 35 7.8

NX3035

0 500 1000 1500 2000

NX3035

0.35

0.30

0.25

0.20

0.15

0.10

0.05

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

NX2525

0.1

0.05

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

NX2525

NX3035

NX2525

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TSTURNING INSERTS

The optimized alloy structure and special alloy binder improves both wear and fracture resistance.It covers a wide application range and reduces the number of tools required.NX3035 for wet cutting.NX2525 for dry cutting.

TURNINGSELECTION STANDARD

CUTTING PERFORMANCE

GRADE CHARACTERISTICS

CERMETa

a

a

a

Steel, Continuous Cutting (Wet) Steel, Interrupted Cutting

Flan

k W

ear (

mm

)Fl

ank

Wea

r (m

m)

Cutting Time (min) Number of Impacts

Cutting Time (min)

Cast Iron, Continuous Cutting

<Cutting Conditions>Workpiece : DIN Ck45Insert : CNMG120408-oo

vc=250m/minap=1.0mmf=0.15mm/revWet CuttingExternal Continuous Cutting

<Cutting Conditions>Workpiece : DIN 41CrMo4Insert : CNMG120408-oo

vc=200m/minap=1.5mmf=0.2mm/revWet CuttingInterrupted Cutting

<Cutting Conditions>Workpiece : DIN GG30Insert : CNMG120408vc=100m/minap=1.5mmf=0.3mm/revWet Cutting

Competitor's P20 coated cermet

Competitor's micro grain P20 cermet Competitor's

micro grain P20 cermetCompetitor's P20 coated cermet

Competitor's K10 Cemented Carbide

GradeSubstrate

Hardness (HRA) T.R.S (GPa) Thermal Conductivity (W/m • K) *

Thermal Expansion (×10-6/K)

* 1GPa=102kg/mm2, 1W/m•K=2.39×10-3cal/cm•sec•r

Work Material Cutting Mode Recommended Grade ISO Application Range

Steel

Continuous Cutting

Interrupted Cutting

Cast IronDuctile Cast Iron Finishing

Cutting Performance Cutting Speed : vc Depth of Cut : apFeed : f

Page 40: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A039

PVP25NAP25N

P01

P10

MP3025P20

P30

K

VP25NAP25N

K01

K10

K20

a

y y

AP25N

100

50AP25N

0.3

0.2

0.1

5 10 15 20

VP25N

VP25N

AP25N

AP25N

VP45N

MP3025

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Coated cermet (PVD coating) has superior wear and fracture resistance, and therefore provides a stable cutting performance.

TURNINGSELECTION STANDARD

CUTTING PERFORMANCE

COATED CERMETa

Wear Resistance for Wet Cutting Thermal Shock Resistance for Interrupted Cutting

Flan

k W

ear (

mm

)

Num

ber o

f Pas

ses

Cutting Time (min)

<Cutting Conditions>Workpiece : DIN 41CrMo4 (HB230)Insert : CNMG120408-oo

vc=300m/minap=0.5mmf=0.2mm/revWet Cutting

<Cutting Conditions>Workpiece : DIN 41CrMo4 (HB230)Insert : CNMG120408-oo

vc=200m/minap=2.0mmf=0.3mm/revWet Cutting

Conventional Cermet

Competitor's PVD

Cermet A

Conventional Cermet

Competitor's PVD Cermet A

Work Material Cutting Mode Recommended Grade ISO Application Range

Steel

Continuous Cutting

Interrupted Cutting

Cast IronDuctile Cast Iron Finishing

Cutting Performance Cutting Speed : vc Depth of Cut : apFeed : f

Page 41: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A040

P

UTi20T

P10

P20

P30

M

UTi20T

M10

M20

M30

KHTi05T K01

K10HTi10

K20

UTi20T K30

N

HTi10

N01

N10

N20

N30S RT9005 S01

MT9015 S10

RT9010 S20

TF15 S30

a

P M UTi20T 90.5 38 5.5 520 2.0

KN HTi05T 92.5 79 4.5 600 1.5

HTi10 92.0 79 4.6 630 2.0

S

RT9005 92.2 79 4.5 600 2.0MT9015 92.0 79 4.6 630 2.2RT9010 92.0 79 4.6 630 2.2TF15 91.5 71 5.3 580 2.5

P M WC-TiC-TaC-Co

K N WC-Co

S WC-Co UTi20T

300

200

10080

6020

10 20 30 40 60 100

UTi20T

HTi10HTi05T

400300

200

10080

60

10 20 30 40 60 100

UTi2

0T

UTi2

0T

UTi2

0THTi10

HTi0

5T

HTi10

MT9015

RT9005

RT9010

TF15

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TSTURNING INSERTS

UTi grades are available for steel and cast iron. HTi grades are available for non-ferrous and non-metal materials and are also suitable for cast iron.

TURNINGSELECTION STANDARD

CEMENTED CARBIDEa

Work Material Recommended Grade ISO Application Range

Steel

Stainless Steel

Cast Iron

Non-Ferrous Metal

Heat-resistant AlloyTi Alloy

GRADE CHARACTERISTICS

MAIN COMPONENT AND APPLICATIONP series for steel cutting, K series for cast iron cutting and M series for stainless cutting.

* 1GPa=102kg/mm2, 1W/m•K=2.39×10-3cal/cm•sec•r

ISO Grade Hardness (HRA)

Thermal Conductivity

(W/m•K)*Thermal

Expansion(x10-6/K)

Young's Modulus

(GPa)*T.R.S(GPa)*

ISO Main Component Characteristics Work Material

Heat / deformation resistance. Carbon steel, alloy steel, stainless steel and cast iron

High rigidity and wear resistance. Cast iron, non-ferrous metals, and non-metal

High heat resistance and wear resistance. Heat-resistant alloy, Ti alloy

Cut

ting

Spe

ed ( m

/min

)C

uttin

g S

peed

( m/m

in)

Tool Life (min)

Tool Life (min)

V-T Diagram (P Grade)

V-T Diagram (K Grade)

a

a

<Cutting Conditions> DryWorkpiece : DIN Ck45 220HBTool Life Standard : VB=0.3mmDepth of Cut : 1.5mmFeed : 0.3mm/revHolder : CSBNR2525M43Insert : SNMG120408

<Cutting Conditions> DryWorkpiece : DIN GG30 200HBTool Life Standard : VB=0.3mmDepth of Cut : 1.5mmFeed : 0.3mm/revHolder : CSBNR2525M43Insert : SNMN120408

Page 42: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A041

SF10MF07MF10MF20

TF15

HTi10TF15MF10

TF15MF20MF30

HTi10 14.9 92.0 3.2 K10 e u u

TF15 14.5 91.0 4.0 K20 e u e

SF10 14.9 92.7 3.8 K01 e u e

MF07 14.7 93.2 3.9 K01 e u e

MF10 14.6 93.0 4.0 K01 e u e

MF20 14.2 92.0 4.4 K10 u e e

MF30 13.7 90.7 4.3 K20 u e e

TF15

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

10 20 30 40 50

9.0

0.6

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

SELECTION STANDARD

GRADE CHARACTERISTICS

Compared to general cemented carbide, micro-grain alloy has higher wear resist ance and higher toughness.

CUTTING PERFORMANCE

MICRO-GRAIN CEMENTED CARBIDE(SOLID TOOLS)a

Perip

hera

l Edg

e Fl

ank

Wea

r (m

m)

Cutting Length (m)

Co HSS

Powder HSS

<Cutting Conditions>Workpiece : Die steel (40HRC)Tool :&6mm,4 flutesHelical Angle : 30°vc=30m/min n=1,600m/min-1

fz=0.02mm/toothvf=128mm/minDepth of Cut in the Axial Direction=9.0mmDepth of Cut in the Radial Direction=0.6mmDown Cut, Dry

* 1GPa=102kg/mm2

** After HIP

Cutting Tool Recommended Grade Work Material

PCB Drill Non-Metal

Solid Carbide Drill Steel • Cast Iron

Solid End Mill Steel • Cast Iron

Gear HobReamerTap etc.

Steel • Cast Iron, etc.

GradeGrade Characteristics **

ISO Wear Resistance

Fracture Resistance

Corrosion ResistanceSpecific Gravity Hardness(HRA) T.R.S (Gpa)*

Page 43: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A042

FH3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

12°

12°

CNMG_FH

^ A092

DNMG_FH

^ A098

SNMG_FH

^ A105

TNMG_FH

^ A110

VNMG_FH

^ A116

WNMG_FH

^ A119

FH

M

FS3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

16°

CNMG_FS

^ A092

DNMG_FS

^ A098

SNMG_FS

^ A105

TNMG_FS

^ A110

VNMG_FS

^ A116

WNMG_FS

^ A119

FS

FY3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

15° 0.2

CNMG_FY

^ A092

DNMG_FY

^ A098

TNMG_FY

^ A110

WNMG_FY

^ A119

FY

FJ3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

14°

CNGG_FJ

^ A092

DNGG_FJ

^ A098

VNGG_FJ

^ A116

FJ

G

PK3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

15°

CNGG_PK

^ A092

DNGG_PK

^ A098

TNGG_PK

^ A110

PK

R/L-FS3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

14°

TNGG_R/L-FS

^ A110

R/L-FS

R/L-F3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

14°

TNGG_R/L-F

^ A110

VNGG_R/L-F

^ A116

R/L-F

M

LP 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5 11°

0.2

15°0.1 CNMG_LP

^ A092

DNMG_LP

^ A098

SNMG_LP

^ A105

TNMG_LP

^ A110

VNMG_LP

^ A116

WNMG_LP

^ A119

LP

LM 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

0.5015°

20°

CNMG_LM

^ A092

DNMG_LM

^ A099

SNMG_LM

^ A105

TNMG_LM

^ A111

VNMG_LM

^ A116

WNMG_LM

^ A119

LM

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° RoundBreaker Name

and Cross Section

First recommendation for finishing carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Stable chip control even at small depth of cut.

Alternative chipbreaker for finishing mild steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Stable chip control even at small depth of cut.Sharp edge gives best performance.

First recommendation for finishing mild steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Effectively controls adhesive chips.Suitable for mild steel finishing.

Fini

sh C

uttin

g First recommendation for finishing difficult-to-cut materialsDouble sided chipbreaker.Ideal for heat-resistant alloy and titanium alloy.The sharp edge produces good cutting surface.The curved edge allows smooth chip discharge.

Alternative chipbreaker for finishing carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chipbreaker.G class insert tolerance is suitable for workpieces requiring close dimensional tolerances.Stable chip control even at small depth of cut.

Precise finishingDouble sided chipbreaker.A narrow lead chipbreaker for good chip control.The sharp edge produces a good surface finish.

FinishingDouble sided chipbreaker.Lead chipbreaker controls chip flow.The sharp edge produces a good surface finish.

Ligh

t Cut

ting

First recommendation for light cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chip breaker.Stable chip control at light cutting range.The curved edge allows smooth chip discharge.

First recommendation for light cutting of stainless steelM class double sided chip breaker.Stable chip control at light cutting range.Breaker with high rake angle provides excellent burr control.

NEGATIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CLASSIFICATION

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Mild Steel

Mild Steel

Difficult-to-Cut Materials

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Nose

Nose

Nose

Nose

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Stainless Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Page 44: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A043

FH3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

12°

12°

CNMG_FH

^ A092

DNMG_FH

^ A098

SNMG_FH

^ A105

TNMG_FH

^ A110

VNMG_FH

^ A116

WNMG_FH

^ A119

FH

M

FS3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

16°

CNMG_FS

^ A092

DNMG_FS

^ A098

SNMG_FS

^ A105

TNMG_FS

^ A110

VNMG_FS

^ A116

WNMG_FS

^ A119

FS

FY3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

15° 0.2

CNMG_FY

^ A092

DNMG_FY

^ A098

TNMG_FY

^ A110

WNMG_FY

^ A119

FY

FJ3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

14°

CNGG_FJ

^ A092

DNGG_FJ

^ A098

VNGG_FJ

^ A116

FJ

G

PK3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

15°

CNGG_PK

^ A092

DNGG_PK

^ A098

TNGG_PK

^ A110

PK

R/L-FS3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

14°

TNGG_R/L-FS

^ A110

R/L-FS

R/L-F3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

14°

TNGG_R/L-F

^ A110

VNGG_R/L-F

^ A116

R/L-F

M

LP 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5 11°

0.2

15°0.1 CNMG_LP

^ A092

DNMG_LP

^ A098

SNMG_LP

^ A105

TNMG_LP

^ A110

VNMG_LP

^ A116

WNMG_LP

^ A119

LP

LM 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

0.5015°

20°

CNMG_LM

^ A092

DNMG_LM

^ A099

SNMG_LM

^ A105

TNMG_LM

^ A111

VNMG_LM

^ A116

WNMG_LM

^ A119

LM

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° RoundBreaker Name

and Cross Section

First recommendation for finishing carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Stable chip control even at small depth of cut.

Alternative chipbreaker for finishing mild steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Stable chip control even at small depth of cut.Sharp edge gives best performance.

First recommendation for finishing mild steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Effectively controls adhesive chips.Suitable for mild steel finishing.

Fini

sh C

uttin

g First recommendation for finishing difficult-to-cut materialsDouble sided chipbreaker.Ideal for heat-resistant alloy and titanium alloy.The sharp edge produces good cutting surface.The curved edge allows smooth chip discharge.

Alternative chipbreaker for finishing carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chipbreaker.G class insert tolerance is suitable for workpieces requiring close dimensional tolerances.Stable chip control even at small depth of cut.

Precise finishingDouble sided chipbreaker.A narrow lead chipbreaker for good chip control.The sharp edge produces a good surface finish.

FinishingDouble sided chipbreaker.Lead chipbreaker controls chip flow.The sharp edge produces a good surface finish.

Ligh

t Cut

ting

First recommendation for light cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chip breaker.Stable chip control at light cutting range.The curved edge allows smooth chip discharge.

First recommendation for light cutting of stainless steelM class double sided chip breaker.Stable chip control at light cutting range.Breaker with high rake angle provides excellent burr control.

Page 45: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A044

M

LK 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

15°

0.15

CNMG_LK

^ A093

DNMG_LK

^ A099

SNMG_LK

^ A105

TNMG_LK

^ A111

VNMG_LK

^ A116

WNMG_LK

^ A119

LK

LS 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

20° 0.15

CNMG_LS

^ A093

DNMG_LS

^ A099

TNMG_LS

^ A111

VNMG_LS

^ A117

WNMG_LS

^ A120

LS

SH 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

15°

15° 0.2

CNMG_SH

^ A093

DNMG_SH

^ A099

SNMG_SH

^ A105

TNMG_SH

^ A111

VNMG_SH

^ A117

WNMG_SH

^ A120

SH

SA 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

25°

25°8°

10°0.3

0.34

CNMG_SA

^ A093

DNMG_SA

^ A099

SNMG_SA

^ A105

TNMG_SA

^ A111

WNMG_SA

^ A120

SA

SW 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

18°

18°7°

7°0.15

0.15

CNMG_SW

^ A093

DNMX_SW

^ A099

TNMX_SW

^ A111

WNMG_SW

^ A120

SW

SY 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

10°

10°0.2

CNMG_SY

^ A093

DNMG_SY

^ A099

SNMG_SY

^ A106

TNMG_SY

^ A111

WNMG_SY

^ A120

SY

R/L-1G 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

0.215°

SNMG_R/L-1G

^ A106

TNMG_R/L-1G

^ A111

R/L-1G

G

R/L-K 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

0.2514°

TNGG_R/L-K

^ A112

R/L-K

M

MJ 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

13°

CNMG_MJ

^ A093

DNMG_MJ

^ A100

TNMG_MJ

^ A112

VNMG_MJ

^ A117

WNMG_MJ

^ A120

MJ(M)

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEGATIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CLASSIFICATION

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Mild Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Difficult-to-Cut Materials

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Nose

Nose

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° RoundBreaker Name

and Cross Section

Ligh

t Cut

ting

First recommendation for cast iron turningPositive land allows sharp cutting edge and low cutting resistance.

First recommendation for difficult to cut materialsEnhanced chip disposal for depths of cut smaller than the corner R.

For light cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Can be used at low depth of cuts and high feed rates.The curved edge allows smooth chip discharge.Recommended for workpieces in the 160─250HB range.

Alternative chipbreaker for light cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Superior chip control at small depth of cuts.Covers copying and back turning with wavy edge.Recommended for workpieces in the 200─300HB range.

Wiper insert for light cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chipbreaker.The wiper allows up to double the feed rate.Wiper design for increased productivity and improved surface finish.

First recommendation for light cutting of mild steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Effectively controls adhesive chips.Suitable for mild steel light cutting.

Alternative chipbreaker for light cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Parallel chipbreaker controls chip flow.Suitable for finish-light cutting.Precision chipbreaker.

Light cuttingDouble sided chipbreaker.Parallel chipbreaker.Excellent chip control at low to medium feed rates.

First recommendation for light cutting of difficult-to-cut materialsDouble sided chipbreaker.Ideal for heat-resistant alloy and titanium alloy.The sharp edge produces a good surface finish.The curved edge allows smooth chip discharge.

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steelap

( mm

)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Cast Iron

Difficult-to-Cut Materials

Page 46: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A045

M

LK 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

15°

0.15

CNMG_LK

^ A093

DNMG_LK

^ A099

SNMG_LK

^ A105

TNMG_LK

^ A111

VNMG_LK

^ A116

WNMG_LK

^ A119

LK

LS 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

20° 0.15

CNMG_LS

^ A093

DNMG_LS

^ A099

TNMG_LS

^ A111

VNMG_LS

^ A117

WNMG_LS

^ A120

LS

SH 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

15°

15° 0.2

CNMG_SH

^ A093

DNMG_SH

^ A099

SNMG_SH

^ A105

TNMG_SH

^ A111

VNMG_SH

^ A117

WNMG_SH

^ A120

SH

SA 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

25°

25°8°

10°0.3

0.34

CNMG_SA

^ A093

DNMG_SA

^ A099

SNMG_SA

^ A105

TNMG_SA

^ A111

WNMG_SA

^ A120

SA

SW 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

18°

18°7°

7°0.15

0.15

CNMG_SW

^ A093

DNMX_SW

^ A099

TNMX_SW

^ A111

WNMG_SW

^ A120

SW

SY 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

10°

10°0.2

CNMG_SY

^ A093

DNMG_SY

^ A099

SNMG_SY

^ A106

TNMG_SY

^ A111

WNMG_SY

^ A120

SY

R/L-1G 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

0.215°

SNMG_R/L-1G

^ A106

TNMG_R/L-1G

^ A111

R/L-1G

G

R/L-K 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

0.2514°

TNGG_R/L-K

^ A112

R/L-K

M

MJ 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

13°

CNMG_MJ

^ A093

DNMG_MJ

^ A100

TNMG_MJ

^ A112

VNMG_MJ

^ A117

WNMG_MJ

^ A120

MJ(M)

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° RoundBreaker Name

and Cross Section

Ligh

t Cut

ting

First recommendation for cast iron turningPositive land allows sharp cutting edge and low cutting resistance.

First recommendation for difficult to cut materialsEnhanced chip disposal for depths of cut smaller than the corner R.

For light cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Can be used at low depth of cuts and high feed rates.The curved edge allows smooth chip discharge.Recommended for workpieces in the 160─250HB range.

Alternative chipbreaker for light cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Superior chip control at small depth of cuts.Covers copying and back turning with wavy edge.Recommended for workpieces in the 200─300HB range.

Wiper insert for light cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chipbreaker.The wiper allows up to double the feed rate.Wiper design for increased productivity and improved surface finish.

First recommendation for light cutting of mild steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Effectively controls adhesive chips.Suitable for mild steel light cutting.

Alternative chipbreaker for light cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Parallel chipbreaker controls chip flow.Suitable for finish-light cutting.Precision chipbreaker.

Light cuttingDouble sided chipbreaker.Parallel chipbreaker.Excellent chip control at low to medium feed rates.

First recommendation for light cutting of difficult-to-cut materialsDouble sided chipbreaker.Ideal for heat-resistant alloy and titanium alloy.The sharp edge produces a good surface finish.The curved edge allows smooth chip discharge.

Page 47: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A046

G

MJ 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5 9°

13°CNGG_MJ

^ A093

DNGM_MJ

^ A100

VNGM_MJ

^ A117

MJ(G)

M

MP 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

15°

11°

0.15

0.2

CNMG_MP

^ A094

DNMG_MP

^ A100

SNMG_MP

^ A106

TNMG_MP

^ A112

VNMG_MP

^ A117

WNMG_MP

^ A121

MP

MM 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

10°

0.3

0.3

CNMG_MM

^ A094

DNMG_MM

^ A100

SNMG_MM

^ A106

TNMG_MM

^ A112

VNMG_MM

^ A117

WNMG_MM

^ A121

MM

MK 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

0.2515°

CNMG_MK

^ A094

DNMG_MK

^ A100

SNMG_MK

^ A106

TNMG_MK

^ A112

VNMG_MK

^ A117

WNMG_MK

^ A121

MK

MS 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

25°

25°

15°

15°

0.5

0.5

CNMG_MS

^ A094

DNMG_MS

^ A101

SNMG_MS

^ A106

TNMG_MS

^ A112

VNMG_MS

^ A117

WNMG_MS

^ A121

MS

GM 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

25°15°

0.5

25°15°

0.5

CNMG_GM

^ A095

DNMG_GM

^ A101

SNMG_GM

^ A107

TNMG_GM

^ A112

VNMG_GM

^ A117

WNMG_GM

^ A121

GM

MA 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

22°

22°

0.2

0.2

CNMG_MA

^ A095

DNMG_MA

^ A101

SNMG_MA

^ A107

TNMG_MA

^ A113

VNMG_MA

^ A118

WNMG_MA

^ A121

MA

MH 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

16°

16°

0.25

0.35

CNMG_MH

^ A095

DNMG_MH

^ A101

SNMG_MH

^ A107

TNMG_MH

^ A113

VNMG_MH

^ A118

WNMG_MH

^ A122

MH

543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

15°

15°

0.25

0.25

CNMG

^ A095

DNMG

^ A101

SNMG

^ A107

TNMG

^ A113

VNMG

^ A118

WNMG

^ A122

RNMG

^ A104

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° RoundBreaker Name

and Cross Section

Ligh

t Cut

ting First recommendation for light cutting of

difficult-to-cut materialsDouble sided chipbreaker, Single sided chipbreaker (D type, V type).The sharp edge produces a good surface finish.Ideal for heat-resistant alloy and titanium alloy.The curved edge allows smooth chip discharge.

Med

ium

Cut

ting

First recommendation for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Suitable for medium to light cutting.Breaker geometry appropriate for copying and back turning.Cutting edge geometry for an optimum balance of sharpness and fracture resistance.

First recommendation for medium cutting of stainless steelM class double sided chip breaker.Optimized land geometry by simulation analysis technology controls the plastic deformation of the corner and achieves the long tool life.

First recommendation for cast iron turningOptimum balance between sharpness and high edge strength for general use.

First recommendation for medium cutting of stainless steel and mild steelFirst recommendation for rough cutting of difficult-to-cut materialsDouble sided chipbreaker.The sharp edge gives best performance.

Alternative chip breaker for light to medium cutting of stainless steelM class double sided chip breaker.Alternative chip breaker of main chip breaker LM and MM.Excellent notch wear resistance for light to medium cutting.

Alternative chipbreaker for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelFirst recommendation for light cutting cast ironDouble sided chipbreaker.Positive land provides sharp cutting action.

Alternative chipbreaker for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelFirst recommendation for rough cutting of mild steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Flat land offers high edge strength.

Standard Alternative chipbreaker for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelFirst recommendation for medium cutting of cast ironDouble sided chipbreaker.Flat land offers high edge strength.

Standard

NEGATIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CLASSIFICATION

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Nose

Flank

Flank

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Nose

Nose

Flank

Flank

Flank

Difficult-to-Cut Materials

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Nose

Flank

Flank

Stainless Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Stainless Steel

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Flank

Stainless Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Cast Iron

Page 48: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A047

G

MJ 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5 9°

13°CNGG_MJ

^ A093

DNGM_MJ

^ A100

VNGM_MJ

^ A117

MJ(G)

M

MP 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

15°

11°

0.15

0.2

CNMG_MP

^ A094

DNMG_MP

^ A100

SNMG_MP

^ A106

TNMG_MP

^ A112

VNMG_MP

^ A117

WNMG_MP

^ A121

MP

MM 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

10°

0.3

0.3

CNMG_MM

^ A094

DNMG_MM

^ A100

SNMG_MM

^ A106

TNMG_MM

^ A112

VNMG_MM

^ A117

WNMG_MM

^ A121

MM

MK 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

0.2515°

CNMG_MK

^ A094

DNMG_MK

^ A100

SNMG_MK

^ A106

TNMG_MK

^ A112

VNMG_MK

^ A117

WNMG_MK

^ A121

MK

MS 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

25°

25°

15°

15°

0.5

0.5

CNMG_MS

^ A094

DNMG_MS

^ A101

SNMG_MS

^ A106

TNMG_MS

^ A112

VNMG_MS

^ A117

WNMG_MS

^ A121

MS

GM 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

25°15°

0.5

25°15°

0.5

CNMG_GM

^ A095

DNMG_GM

^ A101

SNMG_GM

^ A107

TNMG_GM

^ A112

VNMG_GM

^ A117

WNMG_GM

^ A121

GM

MA 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

22°

22°

0.2

0.2

CNMG_MA

^ A095

DNMG_MA

^ A101

SNMG_MA

^ A107

TNMG_MA

^ A113

VNMG_MA

^ A118

WNMG_MA

^ A121

MA

MH 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

16°

16°

0.25

0.35

CNMG_MH

^ A095

DNMG_MH

^ A101

SNMG_MH

^ A107

TNMG_MH

^ A113

VNMG_MH

^ A118

WNMG_MH

^ A122

MH

543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

15°

15°

0.25

0.25

CNMG

^ A095

DNMG

^ A101

SNMG

^ A107

TNMG

^ A113

VNMG

^ A118

WNMG

^ A122

RNMG

^ A104

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° RoundBreaker Name

and Cross Section

Ligh

t Cut

ting First recommendation for light cutting of

difficult-to-cut materialsDouble sided chipbreaker, Single sided chipbreaker (D type, V type).The sharp edge produces a good surface finish.Ideal for heat-resistant alloy and titanium alloy.The curved edge allows smooth chip discharge.

Med

ium

Cut

ting

First recommendation for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Suitable for medium to light cutting.Breaker geometry appropriate for copying and back turning.Cutting edge geometry for an optimum balance of sharpness and fracture resistance.

First recommendation for medium cutting of stainless steelM class double sided chip breaker.Optimized land geometry by simulation analysis technology controls the plastic deformation of the corner and achieves the long tool life.

First recommendation for cast iron turningOptimum balance between sharpness and high edge strength for general use.

First recommendation for medium cutting of stainless steel and mild steelFirst recommendation for rough cutting of difficult-to-cut materialsDouble sided chipbreaker.The sharp edge gives best performance.

Alternative chip breaker for light to medium cutting of stainless steelM class double sided chip breaker.Alternative chip breaker of main chip breaker LM and MM.Excellent notch wear resistance for light to medium cutting.

Alternative chipbreaker for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelFirst recommendation for light cutting cast ironDouble sided chipbreaker.Positive land provides sharp cutting action.

Alternative chipbreaker for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelFirst recommendation for rough cutting of mild steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Flat land offers high edge strength.

Standard Alternative chipbreaker for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelFirst recommendation for medium cutting of cast ironDouble sided chipbreaker.Flat land offers high edge strength.

Standard

Page 49: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A048

M

MW 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

19°

19°

0.25

0.3

CNMG_MW

^ A095

DNMX_MW

^ A101

TNMX_MW

^ A113

WNMG_MW

^ A122

MW

R/L-ES 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

15° 0.16

TNMG_R/L-ES

^ A113

R/L-ES

R/L-2G 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

14° 0.2

TNMG_R/L-2G

^ A114

R/L-2G

G

R/L 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

14° 0.25

DNGG_R/L

^ A102

SNGG_R/L

^ A107

TNGG_R/L

^ A114

VNGG_R/L

^ A118

R/L

M

RP 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

0.33

3°0.33 CNMG_RP

^ A096

DNMG_RP

^ A102

SNMG_RP

^ A107

TNMG_RP

^ A114

WNMG_RP

^ A122

RP

RM 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 6°

0.323°

0.32

CNMG_RM

^ A096

DNMG_RM

^ A102

SNMG_RM

^ A108

TNMG_RM

^ A114

WNMG_RM

^ A122

RM

RK 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

0.3515°

CNMG_RK

^ A096

DNMG_RK

^ A102

SNMG_RK

^ A108

TNMG_RK

^ A115

WNMG_RK

^ A122

RK

RS 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

25°

10°

0.2

CNMG_RS

^ A096

DNMG_RS

^ A102

SNMG_RS

^ A108

TNMG_RS

^ A115

WNMG_RS

^ A122

RS

GK 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

0.2515°

CNMG_GK

^ A096

DNMG_GK

^ A102

SNMG_GK

^ A108

TNMG_GK

^ A115

VNMG_GK

^ A118

WNMG_GK

^ A123

GK

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° RoundBreaker Name

and Cross Section

Med

ium

Cut

ting

Wiper insert for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chipbreaker.The wiper allows up to two times higher feed.A wide chip pocket prevents chip jamming.

Alternative chipbreaker for medium cutting of stainless steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Good balance of edge strength and sharpness.Right- or left-hand breaker for unidirectional chip control.

Alternative chipbreaker for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Parallel chipbreaker controls chip flow.Suitable for light to medium cutting.

Medium cuttingDouble sided chipbreaker.Parallel chipbreaker.Good chip control for medium feed rates.

Rou

gh C

uttin

g

First recommendation for rough cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chip breaker.For interrupted cut and removing scale.Good balance of cutting edge strength and low cutting resistance because of suitable rake angle.

First recommendation for rough cutting of stainless steelM class double sided chip breaker.Excellent fracture resistance at interrupted cutting due to the optimum land angle and honing geometry.

First recommendation for cast iron turningExtra wide land provides a stable cutting edge for interrupted machining and removal of scale.

First recommendation for difficult to cut materialsDuring low speed cutting the positive land controls chip welding and abrasion at the depth of cut line.

First recommendation for cast iron turningVersatile standard breaker.Flat land maintains a stable cutting edge.

NEGATIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CLASSIFICATION

Stainless Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steelap

( mm

)ap

( mm

)ap

( mm

)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Nose

Flank

Stainless Steel

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Flank

Cast Iron

Cast Iron

Difficult-to-Cut Materials

Page 50: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A049

M

MW 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

19°

19°

0.25

0.3

CNMG_MW

^ A095

DNMX_MW

^ A101

TNMX_MW

^ A113

WNMG_MW

^ A122

MW

R/L-ES 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

15° 0.16

TNMG_R/L-ES

^ A113

R/L-ES

R/L-2G 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

14° 0.2

TNMG_R/L-2G

^ A114

R/L-2G

G

R/L 543210 0.1 0.3 0.5

14° 0.25

DNGG_R/L

^ A102

SNGG_R/L

^ A107

TNGG_R/L

^ A114

VNGG_R/L

^ A118

R/L

M

RP 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

0.33

3°0.33 CNMG_RP

^ A096

DNMG_RP

^ A102

SNMG_RP

^ A107

TNMG_RP

^ A114

WNMG_RP

^ A122

RP

RM 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 6°

0.323°

0.32

CNMG_RM

^ A096

DNMG_RM

^ A102

SNMG_RM

^ A108

TNMG_RM

^ A114

WNMG_RM

^ A122

RM

RK 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

0.3515°

CNMG_RK

^ A096

DNMG_RK

^ A102

SNMG_RK

^ A108

TNMG_RK

^ A115

WNMG_RK

^ A122

RK

RS 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

25°

10°

0.2

CNMG_RS

^ A096

DNMG_RS

^ A102

SNMG_RS

^ A108

TNMG_RS

^ A115

WNMG_RS

^ A122

RS

GK 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

0.2515°

CNMG_GK

^ A096

DNMG_GK

^ A102

SNMG_GK

^ A108

TNMG_GK

^ A115

VNMG_GK

^ A118

WNMG_GK

^ A123

GK

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° RoundBreaker Name

and Cross Section

Med

ium

Cut

ting

Wiper insert for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chipbreaker.The wiper allows up to two times higher feed.A wide chip pocket prevents chip jamming.

Alternative chipbreaker for medium cutting of stainless steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Good balance of edge strength and sharpness.Right- or left-hand breaker for unidirectional chip control.

Alternative chipbreaker for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chipbreaker.Parallel chipbreaker controls chip flow.Suitable for light to medium cutting.

Medium cuttingDouble sided chipbreaker.Parallel chipbreaker.Good chip control for medium feed rates.

Rou

gh C

uttin

g

First recommendation for rough cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelDouble sided chip breaker.For interrupted cut and removing scale.Good balance of cutting edge strength and low cutting resistance because of suitable rake angle.

First recommendation for rough cutting of stainless steelM class double sided chip breaker.Excellent fracture resistance at interrupted cutting due to the optimum land angle and honing geometry.

First recommendation for cast iron turningExtra wide land provides a stable cutting edge for interrupted machining and removal of scale.

First recommendation for difficult to cut materialsDuring low speed cutting the positive land controls chip welding and abrasion at the depth of cut line.

First recommendation for cast iron turningVersatile standard breaker.Flat land maintains a stable cutting edge.

Page 51: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A050

M

GH 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

18° 0.32

0.3218°

CNMG_GH

^ A096

DNMG_GH

^ A103

SNMG_GH

^ A108

TNMG_GH

^ A115

WNMG_GH

^ A123

GH

GJ 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

18° 0.15

0.1518°

CNMG_GJ

^ A097

DNMG_GJ

^ A103

WNMG_GJ

^ A123

GJ

M

HZ 14

10

6

20 0.2 0.6 1.0 1.4

22° 0.42

0.4222°

CNMM_HZ

^ A097

DNMM_HZ

^ A103

SNMM_HZ

^ A108

TNMM_HZ

^ A115

HZ

HX 14

10

6

20 0.2 0.6 1.0 1.4

23° 0.43

0.5221°

CNMM_HX

^ A097

SNMM_HX

^ A109

HX

HV 14

10

6

20 0.2 0.6 1.0 1.4

20° 0.68

0.6820°

CNMM_HV

^ A097

SNMM_HV

^ A109

HV

HXD 14

10

6

20 0.2 0.6 1.0 1.4

25°

30°

0.35

0.55

SNMM_HXD

^ A109

HXD

M

7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

CNMA

^ A097

DNMA

^ A103

SNMA

^ A109

TNMA

^ A115

WNMA

^ A123

G

7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

DNGA

^ A103

SNGA

^ A109

TNGA

^ A115

VNGA

^ A118

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° RoundBreaker Name

and Cross Section

Rou

gh C

uttin

g

For rough cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelDouble sided chipbreaker.For interrupted cuts and removing scale.A combination of a wide land and large chip pocket allows high feed rates.

First recommendation for rough cutting of difficult-to-cut materialsDouble sided chipbreaker.Excellent balance of edge sharpness and strength.Edge geometry with high face wear resistance.

Hea

vy C

uttin

g

Alternative chipbreaker for heavy cutting of mild steel and stainless steelSingle sided chipbreaker.Covers the lower end of the heavy cutting region.Low cutting resistance due to positive land and curved edge.Teardrop dots improve chip control without increasing cutting resistance.

First recommendation for heavy cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelSingle sided chipbreaker.Covers the medium range of the heavy cutting region.Owing to the straight edge and chamfer, it gives a balance of sharpness and strength.Variable land and a wavy chipbreaker for good chip control.

Alternative chipbreaker for heavy cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelSingle sided chipbreaker.Covers the upper end of the heavy cutting region.Wide land and large chamfer offer high edge strength.A wide chipbreaker prevents chip jamming.

Alternative chipbreaker for heavy cutting of mild steel and stainless steelSingle sided chipbreaker.Covers the lower end through to the medium range of the heavy cutting region.Balance of sharpness and strength owing to a narrow chamfer and variable land.

For C

ast I

ron

Flat Top First recommendation for heavy cutting of cast ironDouble sided flat insert.Most effective for unstable machining due to its high edge strength.

Flat Top(M)

Flat Top For cast ironDouble sided flat insert.Most effective for unstable machining due to its high edge strength.Can be used on workpieces requiring close tolerances due to G class insert tolerance.

Flat Top(G)

Mild Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Nose

Nose

Flank

Flank

Flank

Difficult-to-Cut Materials

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

NEGATIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CLASSIFICATION

Cast Iron

Cast Iron

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Mild Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Page 52: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A051

M

GH 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

18° 0.32

0.3218°

CNMG_GH

^ A096

DNMG_GH

^ A103

SNMG_GH

^ A108

TNMG_GH

^ A115

WNMG_GH

^ A123

GH

GJ 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

18° 0.15

0.1518°

CNMG_GJ

^ A097

DNMG_GJ

^ A103

WNMG_GJ

^ A123

GJ

M

HZ 14

10

6

20 0.2 0.6 1.0 1.4

22° 0.42

0.4222°

CNMM_HZ

^ A097

DNMM_HZ

^ A103

SNMM_HZ

^ A108

TNMM_HZ

^ A115

HZ

HX 14

10

6

20 0.2 0.6 1.0 1.4

23° 0.43

0.5221°

CNMM_HX

^ A097

SNMM_HX

^ A109

HX

HV 14

10

6

20 0.2 0.6 1.0 1.4

20° 0.68

0.6820°

CNMM_HV

^ A097

SNMM_HV

^ A109

HV

HXD 14

10

6

20 0.2 0.6 1.0 1.4

25°

30°

0.35

0.55

SNMM_HXD

^ A109

HXD

M

7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

CNMA

^ A097

DNMA

^ A103

SNMA

^ A109

TNMA

^ A115

WNMA

^ A123

G

7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

DNGA

^ A103

SNGA

^ A109

TNGA

^ A115

VNGA

^ A118

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° RoundBreaker Name

and Cross Section

Rou

gh C

uttin

g

For rough cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelDouble sided chipbreaker.For interrupted cuts and removing scale.A combination of a wide land and large chip pocket allows high feed rates.

First recommendation for rough cutting of difficult-to-cut materialsDouble sided chipbreaker.Excellent balance of edge sharpness and strength.Edge geometry with high face wear resistance.

Hea

vy C

uttin

g

Alternative chipbreaker for heavy cutting of mild steel and stainless steelSingle sided chipbreaker.Covers the lower end of the heavy cutting region.Low cutting resistance due to positive land and curved edge.Teardrop dots improve chip control without increasing cutting resistance.

First recommendation for heavy cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelSingle sided chipbreaker.Covers the medium range of the heavy cutting region.Owing to the straight edge and chamfer, it gives a balance of sharpness and strength.Variable land and a wavy chipbreaker for good chip control.

Alternative chipbreaker for heavy cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelSingle sided chipbreaker.Covers the upper end of the heavy cutting region.Wide land and large chamfer offer high edge strength.A wide chipbreaker prevents chip jamming.

Alternative chipbreaker for heavy cutting of mild steel and stainless steelSingle sided chipbreaker.Covers the lower end through to the medium range of the heavy cutting region.Balance of sharpness and strength owing to a narrow chamfer and variable land.

For C

ast I

ron

Flat Top First recommendation for heavy cutting of cast ironDouble sided flat insert.Most effective for unstable machining due to its high edge strength.

Flat Top(M)

Flat Top For cast ironDouble sided flat insert.Most effective for unstable machining due to its high edge strength.Can be used on workpieces requiring close tolerances due to G class insert tolerance.

Flat Top(G)

Page 53: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A052

M

FP 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 6°

6°VBMT_FP

^ A150

FP

FM 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 6°

6°VBMT_FM

^ A150

FM

FV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

VBMT_FV

^ A150

FV

G

R/L-F3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

13°

VBGT_R/L-F

^ A150

WBGT_R/L-F

^ A157

R/L-F

M

LP 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

VBMT_LP

^ A150

LP

LM 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

VBMT_LM

^ A150

LM

SV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

VBMT_SV

^ A151

SV

M

MP3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°

0.1

0.1

VBMT_MP

^ A151

MP

MM3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°

0.1

0.1

VBMT_MM

^ A151

MM

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Fini

sh C

uttin

g

First recommendation for finishing carbon steel and alloy steelBreaker protrusion at the corner tip controls chips even at small depth of cut.Maintains the edge strength at the corner and prevents sudden fractures.

First recommendation for finishing stainless steelBreaker protrusion at the corner tip controls chips even at small depth of cut.Maintains the edge strength at the corner and prevents sudden fractures.

First recommendation for finishing carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelSuitable for low depths of cut and low feed rates.Sharp cutting edge and low resistance design achieves excellent cutting performance.

FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

Ligh

t Cut

ting

First recommendation for light cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelSharp cutting edge due to a large rake angle.Prevents welding of the insert and controls white turbidity of the surface finish.Breaker protrusion suitable for depth of cut area achieves a wide range of chip control.

First recommendation for light cutting of stainless steelSharp cutting edge due to a large rake angle.Prevents welding of the insert and controls white turbidity of the surface finish.Breaker protrusion suitable for depth of cut area achieves a wide range of chip control.

Light cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelLarge rake angle provides sharp cutting action.A peninsular dot ensures chip control at depths of cut under 1mm.

Med

ium

Cut

ting

First recommendation for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelGood balance of wear resistance and fracture resistance because of the flat land cutting edge.A wide chip pocket controls increasing of the cutting resistance and reduces vibration and chip jamming even at large depth of cut.

First recommendation for medium cutting of stainless steelGood balance of wear resistance and fracture resistance because of the flat land cutting edge.A wide chip pocket controls increasing of the cutting resistance and reduces vibration and chip jamming even at large depth of cut.

5° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CLASSIFICATION

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Nose

Nose

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Nose

Flank

Stainless Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Nose

Flank

Stainless Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Nose

Flank

Stainless Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Page 54: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A053

M

FP 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 6°

6°VBMT_FP

^ A150

FP

FM 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 6°

6°VBMT_FM

^ A150

FM

FV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

VBMT_FV

^ A150

FV

G

R/L-F3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

13°

VBGT_R/L-F

^ A150

WBGT_R/L-F

^ A157

R/L-F

M

LP 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

VBMT_LP

^ A150

LP

LM 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

VBMT_LM

^ A150

LM

SV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

VBMT_SV

^ A151

SV

M

MP3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°

0.1

0.1

VBMT_MP

^ A151

MP

MM3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°

0.1

0.1

VBMT_MM

^ A151

MM

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Fini

sh C

uttin

g

First recommendation for finishing carbon steel and alloy steelBreaker protrusion at the corner tip controls chips even at small depth of cut.Maintains the edge strength at the corner and prevents sudden fractures.

First recommendation for finishing stainless steelBreaker protrusion at the corner tip controls chips even at small depth of cut.Maintains the edge strength at the corner and prevents sudden fractures.

First recommendation for finishing carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelSuitable for low depths of cut and low feed rates.Sharp cutting edge and low resistance design achieves excellent cutting performance.

FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

Ligh

t Cut

ting

First recommendation for light cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelSharp cutting edge due to a large rake angle.Prevents welding of the insert and controls white turbidity of the surface finish.Breaker protrusion suitable for depth of cut area achieves a wide range of chip control.

First recommendation for light cutting of stainless steelSharp cutting edge due to a large rake angle.Prevents welding of the insert and controls white turbidity of the surface finish.Breaker protrusion suitable for depth of cut area achieves a wide range of chip control.

Light cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelLarge rake angle provides sharp cutting action.A peninsular dot ensures chip control at depths of cut under 1mm.

Med

ium

Cut

ting

First recommendation for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelGood balance of wear resistance and fracture resistance because of the flat land cutting edge.A wide chip pocket controls increasing of the cutting resistance and reduces vibration and chip jamming even at large depth of cut.

First recommendation for medium cutting of stainless steelGood balance of wear resistance and fracture resistance because of the flat land cutting edge.A wide chip pocket controls increasing of the cutting resistance and reduces vibration and chip jamming even at large depth of cut.

Page 55: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A054

M

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°

0.1

0.1

VBMT

^ A151

MV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°10°

10°0.1

0.1

VBMT_MV

^ A151

MV

R/L-MV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

0.16

0.16

20°

20°

WBMT_R/L-MV

^ A157

R/L-MV

E

R/L-SR3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

30°

VBET_R/L-SR

^ A151

R/L-SR

R/L-SN 6

4

2

0 0.1 0.3

20°

VBET_R/L-SN

^ A151

R/L-SN

R/LW-SN 6

4

2

0 0.1 0.3

20°

VBET_R/LW-SN

^ A152

R/LW-SN

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Med

ium

Cut

ting

Standard Medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelBalance of edge strength and sharpness due to a combination of a flat land and large rake angle.

Standard

Medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelA positive insert with a large rake angle achieves sharp cutting edge performance.The double breakers and round-shaped dots in the rake face achieve a wide range of chip discharge.

Medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelA positive insert with a large rake angle achieves sharp cutting edge performance.The double breakers and round-shaped dots in the rake face achieve a wide range of chip discharge.

Medium cutting on automatic lathesA wide lead chipbreaker.Insert designed for low resistance chip control.

Medium cutting on automatic lathesA parallel chipbreaker.Excellent chip control for low to medium feed rates.

Medium cutting on automatic lathesA parallel chipbreaker.Excellent chip control for low to medium feed rates.The wiper produces good cutting surface.

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Nose

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

5° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CLASSIFICATION

Page 56: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A055

M

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°

0.1

0.1

VBMT

^ A151

MV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°10°

10°0.1

0.1

VBMT_MV

^ A151

MV

R/L-MV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

0.16

0.16

20°

20°

WBMT_R/L-MV

^ A157

R/L-MV

E

R/L-SR3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

30°

VBET_R/L-SR

^ A151

R/L-SR

R/L-SN 6

4

2

0 0.1 0.3

20°

VBET_R/L-SN

^ A151

R/L-SN

R/LW-SN 6

4

2

0 0.1 0.3

20°

VBET_R/LW-SN

^ A152

R/LW-SN

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Med

ium

Cut

ting

Standard Medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelBalance of edge strength and sharpness due to a combination of a flat land and large rake angle.

Standard

Medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelA positive insert with a large rake angle achieves sharp cutting edge performance.The double breakers and round-shaped dots in the rake face achieve a wide range of chip discharge.

Medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelA positive insert with a large rake angle achieves sharp cutting edge performance.The double breakers and round-shaped dots in the rake face achieve a wide range of chip discharge.

Medium cutting on automatic lathesA wide lead chipbreaker.Insert designed for low resistance chip control.

Medium cutting on automatic lathesA parallel chipbreaker.Excellent chip control for low to medium feed rates.

Medium cutting on automatic lathesA parallel chipbreaker.Excellent chip control for low to medium feed rates.The wiper produces good cutting surface.

Page 57: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A056

M

FP3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.46°

6°CCMT_FP

^ A127

DCMT_FP

^ A134

SCMT_FP

^ A141

TCMT_FP

^ A144

VCMT_FP

^ A153

FP

FM3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.46°

6°CCMT_FM

^ A127

DCMT_FM

^ A134

SCMT_FM

^ A141

TCMT_FM

^ A144

VCMT_FM

^ A153

FM

FV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

CCMT_FV

^ A127

DCMT_FV

^ A134

SCMT_FV

^ A141

TCMT_FV

^ A144

VCMT_FV

^ A153

FV

G

FJ3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

14°

14°

CCGT_FJ

^ A127

FJ

AZ34

210 0.1 0.3 0.5

30°

CCGT_AZ

^ A127

DCGT_AZ

^ A134

TCGT_AZ

^ A144

VCGT_AZ

^ A153

RCGT_AZ

^ A140

AZ

R/L-F3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

17°

CCGT_L-FCCGH_R/L-F

^ A128

DCGT_R/L-F

^ A134

TCGT_R/L-F

^ A144

VCGT_R/L-F

^ A153

R/L-F

R/L3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

WCGT_R/L

^ A158

R/L

M

LP3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

CCMT_LP

^ A128

DCMT_LP

^ A134

SCMT_LP

^ A141

TCMT_LP

^ A144

VCMT_LP

^ A153

LP

LM3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

CCMT_LM

^ A128

DCMT_LM

^ A135

SCMT_LM

^ A141

TCMT_LM

^ A145

VCMT_LM

^ A153

LM

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Fini

sh C

uttin

g

First recommendation for finishing carbon steel and alloy steelBreaker protrusion at the corner tip controls chips even at small depth of cut.Maintains the edge strength at the corner and prevents sudden fractures.

First recommendation for finishing stainless steelBreaker protrusion at the corner tip controls chips even at small depth of cut.Maintains the edge strength at the corner and prevents sudden fractures.

First recommendation for finishing carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelSuitable for low depths of cut and low feed rates.Sharp cutting edge and low resistance design achieves excellent cutting performance.

First recommendation for finishing difficult-to-cut materialsIdeal for heat-resistant alloy and titanium alloy.The sharp edge produces a good surface finish.The curved edge allows smooth chip discharge.

For aluminium alloyThe high rake angle and 3D curved cutting edge provides sharpness at the cutting point.Additionally the 3D shape of the rake face enables excellent chip control.Lapping of the top surface gives a mirror finish for improved welding resistance.

FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

FinishingLead chipbreaker.Excellent chip control at low feed rates.

Ligh

t Cut

ting

First recommendation for light cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelSharp cutting edge due to a large rake angle.Prevents welding of the insert and controls white turbidity of the surface finish.Breaker protrusion suitable for depth of cut area achieves a wide range of chip control.

First recommendation for light cutting of stainless steelSharp cutting edge due to a large rake angle.Prevents welding of the insert and controls white turbidity of the surface finish.Breaker protrusion suitable for depth of cut area achieves a wide range of chip control.

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Difficult-to-Cut Materials

Aluminium Alloy

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Nose

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Nose

Flank

Stainless Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Nose

Flank

Stainless Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

7° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CLASSIFICATION

Page 58: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A057

M

FP3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.46°

6°CCMT_FP

^ A127

DCMT_FP

^ A134

SCMT_FP

^ A141

TCMT_FP

^ A144

VCMT_FP

^ A153

FP

FM3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.46°

6°CCMT_FM

^ A127

DCMT_FM

^ A134

SCMT_FM

^ A141

TCMT_FM

^ A144

VCMT_FM

^ A153

FM

FV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

CCMT_FV

^ A127

DCMT_FV

^ A134

SCMT_FV

^ A141

TCMT_FV

^ A144

VCMT_FV

^ A153

FV

G

FJ3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

14°

14°

CCGT_FJ

^ A127

FJ

AZ34

210 0.1 0.3 0.5

30°

CCGT_AZ

^ A127

DCGT_AZ

^ A134

TCGT_AZ

^ A144

VCGT_AZ

^ A153

RCGT_AZ

^ A140

AZ

R/L-F3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

17°

CCGT_L-FCCGH_R/L-F

^ A128

DCGT_R/L-F

^ A134

TCGT_R/L-F

^ A144

VCGT_R/L-F

^ A153

R/L-F

R/L3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

WCGT_R/L

^ A158

R/L

M

LP3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

CCMT_LP

^ A128

DCMT_LP

^ A134

SCMT_LP

^ A141

TCMT_LP

^ A144

VCMT_LP

^ A153

LP

LM3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

CCMT_LM

^ A128

DCMT_LM

^ A135

SCMT_LM

^ A141

TCMT_LM

^ A145

VCMT_LM

^ A153

LM

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Fini

sh C

uttin

g

First recommendation for finishing carbon steel and alloy steelBreaker protrusion at the corner tip controls chips even at small depth of cut.Maintains the edge strength at the corner and prevents sudden fractures.

First recommendation for finishing stainless steelBreaker protrusion at the corner tip controls chips even at small depth of cut.Maintains the edge strength at the corner and prevents sudden fractures.

First recommendation for finishing carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelSuitable for low depths of cut and low feed rates.Sharp cutting edge and low resistance design achieves excellent cutting performance.

First recommendation for finishing difficult-to-cut materialsIdeal for heat-resistant alloy and titanium alloy.The sharp edge produces a good surface finish.The curved edge allows smooth chip discharge.

For aluminium alloyThe high rake angle and 3D curved cutting edge provides sharpness at the cutting point.Additionally the 3D shape of the rake face enables excellent chip control.Lapping of the top surface gives a mirror finish for improved welding resistance.

FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

FinishingLead chipbreaker.Excellent chip control at low feed rates.

Ligh

t Cut

ting

First recommendation for light cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelSharp cutting edge due to a large rake angle.Prevents welding of the insert and controls white turbidity of the surface finish.Breaker protrusion suitable for depth of cut area achieves a wide range of chip control.

First recommendation for light cutting of stainless steelSharp cutting edge due to a large rake angle.Prevents welding of the insert and controls white turbidity of the surface finish.Breaker protrusion suitable for depth of cut area achieves a wide range of chip control.

Page 59: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A058

M

SVX3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

XCMT_SVX

^ A160

SVX

SV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

CCMH_SV

^ A128

DCMT_SV

^ A135

VCMT_SV

^ A154

SV

SW3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

20°

16°

12°0.12

8°0.12

CCMT_SW

^ A128

SW

G

R/L-SS 6

4

2

0 0.1 0.3

14°

CCGT_R/L-SS

^ A129

DCGT_R/L-SS

^ A135

R/L-SS

M

MP 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°

0.1

0.1

CCMT_MP

^ A129

DCMT_MP

^ A135

SCMT_MP

^ A141

TCMT_MP

^ A145

VCMT_MP

^ A154

MP

MM 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°

0.1

0.1

CCMT_MM

^ A129

DCMT_MM

^ A135

SCMT_MM

^ A141

TCMT_MM

^ A145

VCMT_MM

^ A154

MM

MK 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°0.1

CCMT_MK

^ A129

DCMT_MK

^ A135

SCMT_MK

^ A142

TCMT_MK

^ A145

VCMT_MK

^ A154

MK

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°0.1

0.1 CCMT

^ A129

DCMT

^ A136

SCMT

^ A142

TCMT

^ A145

VCMT

^ A154

WCMT

^ A158

RCMT

^ A140

15°

0.2

RCMX

^ A140

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Rhombic 25° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Ligh

t Cut

ting

Light cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelChip control is improved by having a chip breaker geometry suitable for copying.

Alternative chipbreaker for light cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelLarge rake angle provides sharp cutting action.A peninsular dot ensures chip control at depths of cut under 1mm.

Wiper insert for light cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelThe wiper allows up to double the feed rate.Positive land improves sharpness.

Light cutting on automatic lathesA parallel chipbreaker.Excellent chip control at low feed rates.

Med

ium

Cut

ting

First recommendation for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelGood balance of wear resistance and fracture resistance because of the flat land cutting edge.A wide chip pocket controls increasing of the cutting resistance and reduces vibration and chip jamming even at large depth of cut.

First recommendation for medium cutting of stainless steelGood balance of wear resistance and fracture resistance because of the flat land cutting edge.A wide chip pocket controls increasing of the cutting resistance and reduces vibration and chip jamming even at large depth of cut.

First recommendation for cast iron turningOptimum balance between sharpness and high edge strength for general use.

StandardFirst recommendation for medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelBalance of edge strength and sharpness due to a combination of a flat land and large rake angle.

Standard

7° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CLASSIFICATION

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steelap

( mm

)ap

( mm

)ap

( mm

)ap

( mm

)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Nose

Nose

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Flank

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Nose

Flank

Stainless Steel

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

FlankCast Iron

Page 60: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A059

M

SVX3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

XCMT_SVX

^ A160

SVX

SV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

CCMH_SV

^ A128

DCMT_SV

^ A135

VCMT_SV

^ A154

SV

SW3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

20°

16°

12°0.12

8°0.12

CCMT_SW

^ A128

SW

G

R/L-SS 6

4

2

0 0.1 0.3

14°

CCGT_R/L-SS

^ A129

DCGT_R/L-SS

^ A135

R/L-SS

M

MP 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°

0.1

0.1

CCMT_MP

^ A129

DCMT_MP

^ A135

SCMT_MP

^ A141

TCMT_MP

^ A145

VCMT_MP

^ A154

MP

MM 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°

0.1

0.1

CCMT_MM

^ A129

DCMT_MM

^ A135

SCMT_MM

^ A141

TCMT_MM

^ A145

VCMT_MM

^ A154

MM

MK 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°0.1

CCMT_MK

^ A129

DCMT_MK

^ A135

SCMT_MK

^ A142

TCMT_MK

^ A145

VCMT_MK

^ A154

MK

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°0.1

0.1 CCMT

^ A129

DCMT

^ A136

SCMT

^ A142

TCMT

^ A145

VCMT

^ A154

WCMT

^ A158

RCMT

^ A140

15°

0.2

RCMX

^ A140

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Rhombic 25° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Ligh

t Cut

ting

Light cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelChip control is improved by having a chip breaker geometry suitable for copying.

Alternative chipbreaker for light cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelLarge rake angle provides sharp cutting action.A peninsular dot ensures chip control at depths of cut under 1mm.

Wiper insert for light cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelThe wiper allows up to double the feed rate.Positive land improves sharpness.

Light cutting on automatic lathesA parallel chipbreaker.Excellent chip control at low feed rates.

Med

ium

Cut

ting

First recommendation for medium cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelGood balance of wear resistance and fracture resistance because of the flat land cutting edge.A wide chip pocket controls increasing of the cutting resistance and reduces vibration and chip jamming even at large depth of cut.

First recommendation for medium cutting of stainless steelGood balance of wear resistance and fracture resistance because of the flat land cutting edge.A wide chip pocket controls increasing of the cutting resistance and reduces vibration and chip jamming even at large depth of cut.

First recommendation for cast iron turningOptimum balance between sharpness and high edge strength for general use.

StandardFirst recommendation for medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelBalance of edge strength and sharpness due to a combination of a flat land and large rake angle.

Standard

Page 61: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A060

M

MV 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

20° 0.18

0.1820°

12°

12°

CCMH_MV

^ A130

DCMT_MV

^ A136

VCMT_MV

^ A154

MV

MW 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°7°

0.2

0.2CCMT_MW

^ A130

MW

E

R/L-SR 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

30°

CCET_R/L-SR

^ A130

DCET_R/L-SR

^ A136

R/L-SR

R/L-SN 6

4

2

0 0.1 0.3

20°

CCET_R/L-SN

^ A130

DCET_R/L-SN

^ A137

R/L-SN(E)

G

R/L-SN 6

4

2

0 0.1 0.3

20°

CCGT_R/L-SN

^ A130

DCGT_R/L-SN

^ A137

R/L-SN(G)

E

R/LW-SN 6

4

2

0 0.1 0.3

20°

CCET_R/LW-SN

^ A130

DCET_R/LW-SN

^ A137

R/LW-SN

G

SMG 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

13°

10°

CCGT_SMG

^ A130

DCGT_SMG

^ A137

SMG

M

RR 12

8

4

0 0.2 0.6 1.0 1.4

28°0.3

RCMX_RR

^ A140

RR

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Med

ium

Cut

ting

Alternative chipbreaker for medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelA positive insert and the large rake angle achieve sharp cutting edge performance.The double breakers and round shape in the rake face achieve a wide range of chip discharge.

Wiper insert for medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelThe wiper allows up to double the feed rate.A wide chip pocket prevents chip jamming.

Medium cutting on automatic lathesA wide lead chipbreaker.Insert designed for low resistance chip control.

Medium cutting on automatic lathesA parallel chipbreaker.Excellent chip control at low to medium feed rates.Suitable for precise machining with E class tolerance.

Medium cutting on automatic lathesA parallel chipbreaker.Excellent chip control at low to medium feed rates.

Medium cutting on automatic lathesA parallel chipbreaker.Excellent chip control at low to medium feed rates.The wiper produces a good surface finish.

Medium cutting on automatic lathes3D moulded chipbreaker provides good chip control.G class insert gives sharp cutting action, allowing high precision machining.Breaker geometry appropriate for copying and back turning.

Hea

vy C

uttin

g Heavy cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelA wide groove chipbreaker prevents chips from jamming at large depths of cut.Small dimples improve chip control at small depths of cut.

7° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CLASSIFICATION

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Nose

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Page 62: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A061

M

MV 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

20° 0.18

0.1820°

12°

12°

CCMH_MV

^ A130

DCMT_MV

^ A136

VCMT_MV

^ A154

MV

MW 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

18°7°

0.2

0.2CCMT_MW

^ A130

MW

E

R/L-SR 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

30°

CCET_R/L-SR

^ A130

DCET_R/L-SR

^ A136

R/L-SR

R/L-SN 6

4

2

0 0.1 0.3

20°

CCET_R/L-SN

^ A130

DCET_R/L-SN

^ A137

R/L-SN(E)

G

R/L-SN 6

4

2

0 0.1 0.3

20°

CCGT_R/L-SN

^ A130

DCGT_R/L-SN

^ A137

R/L-SN(G)

E

R/LW-SN 6

4

2

0 0.1 0.3

20°

CCET_R/LW-SN

^ A130

DCET_R/LW-SN

^ A137

R/LW-SN

G

SMG 3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

13°

10°

CCGT_SMG

^ A130

DCGT_SMG

^ A137

SMG

M

RR 12

8

4

0 0.2 0.6 1.0 1.4

28°0.3

RCMX_RR

^ A140

RR

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Med

ium

Cut

ting

Alternative chipbreaker for medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelA positive insert and the large rake angle achieve sharp cutting edge performance.The double breakers and round shape in the rake face achieve a wide range of chip discharge.

Wiper insert for medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelThe wiper allows up to double the feed rate.A wide chip pocket prevents chip jamming.

Medium cutting on automatic lathesA wide lead chipbreaker.Insert designed for low resistance chip control.

Medium cutting on automatic lathesA parallel chipbreaker.Excellent chip control at low to medium feed rates.Suitable for precise machining with E class tolerance.

Medium cutting on automatic lathesA parallel chipbreaker.Excellent chip control at low to medium feed rates.

Medium cutting on automatic lathesA parallel chipbreaker.Excellent chip control at low to medium feed rates.The wiper produces a good surface finish.

Medium cutting on automatic lathes3D moulded chipbreaker provides good chip control.G class insert gives sharp cutting action, allowing high precision machining.Breaker geometry appropriate for copying and back turning.

Hea

vy C

uttin

g Heavy cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelA wide groove chipbreaker prevents chips from jamming at large depths of cut.Small dimples improve chip control at small depths of cut.

Page 63: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A062

M

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

CCMW

^ A130

DCMW

^ A138

SCMW

^ A142

TCMW

^ A145

VCMW

^ A154

G

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

CCGW

^ A130

DCGW

^ A138

M

FV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

CPMH_FV

^ A133

TPMH_FV

^ A147

FV

G

R/L-FS3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

TPGH_R/L-FS

^ A147

WPGT_R/L-FS

^ A159

R/L-FS

M

R/L-F3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

CPMH_R/L-F

^ A133

R/L-F(M)

G

R/L-F3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

CPGT_R/L-F

^ A133

R/L-F(G)

R/L3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

10°

TPGX_R/L

^ A147

R/L

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

25°

CPGT

^ A133

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

For C

ast I

ron

Flat Top Heavy cutting of cast ironFlat top.Most effective for unstable machining due to its high edge strength.

Flat Top(M)

Flat Top For cast ironFlat top.Most effective for unstable machining due to its high edge strength.Can be used on workpieces requiring close tolerances due to G class insert tolerance.

Flat Top(G)

7° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CLASSIFICATION

Cast Iron

Cast Iron

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Fini

sh C

uttin

g

First recommendation for finishing carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelSuitable for low depths of cut and low feed rates.Sharp cutting edge and low resistance design achieves excellent cutting performance.

First recommendation for finishing carbon steel, alloy steel, stainless steel, cast iron and aluminium alloySmall wide lead chipbreaker.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Good chip control for low to medium feed rates.

Standard FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Good chip control for low to medium feed rates.

Standard

11° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

Nose

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

FlankAluminium Alloy

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Page 64: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A063

M

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

CCMW

^ A130

DCMW

^ A138

SCMW

^ A142

TCMW

^ A145

VCMW

^ A154

G

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

CCGW

^ A130

DCGW

^ A138

M

FV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

CPMH_FV

^ A133

TPMH_FV

^ A147

FV

G

R/L-FS3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

TPGH_R/L-FS

^ A147

WPGT_R/L-FS

^ A159

R/L-FS

M

R/L-F3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

CPMH_R/L-F

^ A133

R/L-F(M)

G

R/L-F3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

CPGT_R/L-F

^ A133

R/L-F(G)

R/L3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

10°

TPGX_R/L

^ A147

R/L

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

25°

CPGT

^ A133

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

For C

ast I

ron

Flat Top Heavy cutting of cast ironFlat top.Most effective for unstable machining due to its high edge strength.

Flat Top(M)

Flat Top For cast ironFlat top.Most effective for unstable machining due to its high edge strength.Can be used on workpieces requiring close tolerances due to G class insert tolerance.

Flat Top(G)

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Fini

sh C

uttin

g

First recommendation for finishing carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steelSuitable for low depths of cut and low feed rates.Sharp cutting edge and low resistance design achieves excellent cutting performance.

First recommendation for finishing carbon steel, alloy steel, stainless steel, cast iron and aluminium alloySmall wide lead chipbreaker.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Good chip control for low to medium feed rates.

Standard FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Good chip control for low to medium feed rates.

Standard

Page 65: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A064

M

L3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

10°

TPMX_L

^ A148

L

E

SRF3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

VPET_SRF

^ A156

SRF

G

SMG3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

13°

10°

VPGT_SMG

^ A156

SMG

M

SV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

CPMH_SV

^ A133

TPMH_SV

^ A148

SV

M

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

10°

10°

CPMX

^ A133

SPMT

^ A143

TPMX

^ A148

MV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

20°

20°

0.2

0.2

CPMH_MV

^ A133

TPMH_MV

^ A148

WPMT_MV

^ A159

MV

M

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SPMW

^ A143

G

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SPGX

^ A143

TPGX

^ A149

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS CLASSIFICATION

Nose

Flank

Flank

Flank

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Fini

sh C

uttin

g

FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Good chip control for low to medium feed rates.

FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

Medium cutting on automatic lathes3D moulded chipbreaker provides good chip control.G class insert gives sharp cutting action, allowing high precision machining.Breaker geometry appropriate for copying and back turning.

Ligh

t Cut

ting First recommendation for light cutting of carbon steel,

alloy steel, mild steel, stainless steel and cast ironLarge rake angle provides sharp cutting action.A peninsular dot ensures chip control at depths of cut under 1mm.

Med

ium

Cut

ting

Standard Alternative chipbreaker for medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelStandard, general purpose chipbreaker.

Standard

First recommendation for medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel, stainless steel and cast ironA positive insert and large rake angle achieves sharp cutting edge performance.Double breakers in the rake face achieve a wide range of chip discharge.

For C

ast I

ron

Flat Top Heavy cutting of cast ironMost effective for unstable machining due to its high edge strength.

Flat Top(M)

Flat Top For cast ironMost effective for unstable machining due to its high edge strength.Can be used on workpieces requiring close tolerances due to G class insert tolerance.

Flat Top(G)

11° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

Nose

Nose

Flank

Flank

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Cast Iron

Cast Iron

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Flank

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

Page 66: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A065

M

L3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

10°

TPMX_L

^ A148

L

E

SRF3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

VPET_SRF

^ A156

SRF

G

SMG3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

13°

10°

VPGT_SMG

^ A156

SMG

M

SV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

18°

CPMH_SV

^ A133

TPMH_SV

^ A148

SV

M

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

10°

10°

CPMX

^ A133

SPMT

^ A143

TPMX

^ A148

MV3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

20°

20°

0.2

0.2

CPMH_MV

^ A133

TPMH_MV

^ A148

WPMT_MV

^ A159

MV

M

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SPMW

^ A143

G

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SPGX

^ A143

TPGX

^ A149

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Fini

sh C

uttin

g

FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Good chip control for low to medium feed rates.

FinishingLead chipbreaker controls chip flow.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

Medium cutting on automatic lathes3D moulded chipbreaker provides good chip control.G class insert gives sharp cutting action, allowing high precision machining.Breaker geometry appropriate for copying and back turning.

Ligh

t Cut

ting First recommendation for light cutting of carbon steel,

alloy steel, mild steel, stainless steel and cast ironLarge rake angle provides sharp cutting action.A peninsular dot ensures chip control at depths of cut under 1mm.

Med

ium

Cut

ting

Standard Alternative chipbreaker for medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelStandard, general purpose chipbreaker.

Standard

First recommendation for medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel, stainless steel and cast ironA positive insert and large rake angle achieves sharp cutting edge performance.Double breakers in the rake face achieve a wide range of chip discharge.

For C

ast I

ron

Flat Top Heavy cutting of cast ironMost effective for unstable machining due to its high edge strength.

Flat Top(M)

Flat Top For cast ironMost effective for unstable machining due to its high edge strength.Can be used on workpieces requiring close tolerances due to G class insert tolerance.

Flat Top(G)

Page 67: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A066

G

R/L3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

20°

VDGX_R/L

^ A155

R/L

G

R/L-F3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

20°

DEGX_R/L-F

^ A139

R/L-F

R/L 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

25°

DEGX_R/L

^ A139

TEGX_R/L

^ A146

R/L

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

15° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

20° POSITIVE INSERTS WITH HOLE

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

For A

lum

iniu

m A

lloy

For aluminium alloy cuttingLead chipbreaker.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

For A

lum

iniu

m A

lloy

For aluminium alloy cuttingLead chipbreaker.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

For aluminium alloy cuttingA parallel chipbreaker.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.Good chip control for medium feed rates.

CLASSIFICATION

Flank

Flank

Flank

Aluminium Alloy

Aluminium Alloy

Aluminium Alloy

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Page 68: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A067

G

R/L3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

20°

VDGX_R/L

^ A155

R/L

G

R/L-F3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

20°

DEGX_R/L-F

^ A139

R/L-F

R/L 43210 0.1 0.3 0.5

25°

DEGX_R/L

^ A139

TEGX_R/L

^ A146

R/L

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

For A

lum

iniu

m A

lloy

For aluminium alloy cuttingLead chipbreaker.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Rhombic 80° Rhombic 55° Square 90° Triangular 60° Rhombic 35° Trigon 80° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

For A

lum

iniu

m A

lloy

For aluminium alloy cuttingLead chipbreaker.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.

For aluminium alloy cuttingA parallel chipbreaker.Sharp cutting edge gives a good surface finish.Good chip control for medium feed rates.

Page 69: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A068

M

R/L-M1/2 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

12°0.2

KNUX_R/L-M1/2

^ A124

R/L-M1/2

M

7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SNMN

^ A125

TNMN

^ A126

G

7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SNGN

^ A125

TNGN

^ A126

G

R/L3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

TPGR_R/L

^ A163

R/L

M

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SPMR

^ A162

TPMR

^ A163

803

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SPMR-80

^ A162

TPMR-80

^ A163

80

M

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SPMN

^ A162

TPMN

^ A163

G

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SPGN

^ A162

TPGN

^ A163

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Square 90° Triangular 60° Parallelogram 55° Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Rou

gh C

uttin

g Rough cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelSingle sided chipbreaker.Can be used for copying.An angled chipbreaker for controlling chip flow.

For C

ast I

ron

Flat Top Heavy cutting of cast ironDouble sided flat insert.Most effective for unstable machining due to high edge strength and stable insert clamping.

Flat Top(M)

Flat Top For cast ironDouble sided flat insert.Most effective for unstable machining due to high edge strength and stable insert clamping.Can be used on workpieces requiring close tolerances due to G class insert tolerance.

Flat Top(G)

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Square 90° Triangular 60° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Fini

sh C

uttin

g FinishingA parallel chipbreaker.Good chip control for low to medium feed rates.

Ligh

t to

Med

ium

Cut

ting

Standard Light to medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelStandard, general purpose chipbreaker.

Standard

Light to medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelLarge chip pocket for excellent chip evacuation.Double breakers in the rake face achieves a wide range of chip breaking.

For C

ast I

ron

Flat Top Heavy cutting of cast ironMost effective for unstable machining due to high edge strength and stable insert clamping.

Flat Top(M)

Flat Top For cast ironMost effective for unstable machining due to high edge strength and stable insert clamping.Can be used on workpieces requiring close tolerances due to G class insert tolerance.

Flat Top(G)

NEGATIVE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLE

11° POSITIVE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLE

CLASSIFICATION

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Cast Iron

Cast Iron

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Nose

Nose

Flank

Flank

Flank

Flank

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

Cast Iron

Cast Iron

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

ap ( m

m)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

f (mm/rev)

Page 70: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A069

M

R/L-M1/2 7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

12°0.2

KNUX_R/L-M1/2

^ A124

R/L-M1/2

M

7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SNMN

^ A125

TNMN

^ A126

G

7

5

3

10 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SNGN

^ A125

TNGN

^ A126

G

RTG

^ A161

G

R/L3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

15°

TPGR_R/L

^ A163

R/L

M

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SPMR

^ A162

TPMR

^ A163

803

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SPMR-80

^ A162

TPMR-80

^ A163

80

M

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SPMN

^ A162

TPMN

^ A163

G

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SPGN

^ A162

TPGN

^ A163

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Square 90° Triangular 60° Parallelogram 55° Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Rou

gh C

uttin

g Rough cutting of carbon steel and alloy steelSingle sided chipbreaker.Can be used for copying.An angled chipbreaker for controlling chip flow.

For C

ast I

ron

Flat Top Heavy cutting of cast ironDouble sided flat insert.Most effective for unstable machining due to high edge strength and stable insert clamping.

Flat Top(M)

Flat Top For cast ironDouble sided flat insert.Most effective for unstable machining due to high edge strength and stable insert clamping.Can be used on workpieces requiring close tolerances due to G class insert tolerance.

Flat Top(G)A

pplic

atio

n

Tole

ranc

e

Tool Holder Type Inserts

Spec

ial

TL Type

App

licat

ion

Tole

ranc

e

Breaker Name and

PictureFeatures Cross Section

Geometry

Square 90° Triangular 60° Round Breaker Name and

Cross Section

Fini

sh C

uttin

g FinishingA parallel chipbreaker.Good chip control for low to medium feed rates.

Ligh

t to

Med

ium

Cut

ting

Standard Light to medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelStandard, general purpose chipbreaker.

Standard

Light to medium cutting of carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steelLarge chip pocket for excellent chip evacuation.Double breakers in the rake face achieves a wide range of chip breaking.

For C

ast I

ron

Flat Top Heavy cutting of cast ironMost effective for unstable machining due to high edge strength and stable insert clamping.

Flat Top(M)

Flat Top For cast ironMost effective for unstable machining due to high edge strength and stable insert clamping.Can be used on workpieces requiring close tolerances due to G class insert tolerance.

Flat Top(G)

SPECIAL PURPOSE INSERTS

Page 71: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A070

P

F 1 FY VP25N 285─445 0.09─0.23 0.20─0.80

F 2 FS NX2525 270─385 0.09─0.23 0.20─0.70

L 1 SY VP25N 260─405 0.16─0.33 0.50─1.20

F 1 FY MP3025 275─420 0.09─0.23 0.20─0.80

F 2 FY NX3035 260─370 0.09─0.23 0.20─0.80

F 3 FS NX2525 270─385 0.09─0.23 0.20─0.70

L 1 SY MP3025 250─385 0.16─0.33 0.50─1.20

L 2 SY NX3035 235─335 0.16─0.33 0.50─1.20

F 1 FY UE6020 285─460 0.09─0.23 0.20─0.80

F 2 FS UE6020 285─460 0.09─0.23 0.20─0.70

L 1 SY UE6020 260─420 0.16─0.33 0.50─1.20

F 1 FH AP25N 215─340 0.08─0.20 0.20─1.00

F 2 FH NX2525 205─295 0.08─0.20 0.20─1.00

F 3 R/L-F MP3025 210─325 0.05─0.15 0.10─0.50

F 4 PK NX2525 195─280 0.10─0.30 0.20─1.00

L 1 LP UE6105 220─405 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH UE6105 220─405 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 3 LP MP3025 195─295 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 4 SH AP25N 200─315 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 5 SH NX2525 190─270 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 6 SA UE6105 220─405 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 7 SW UE6105 220─405 0.10─0.50 0.30─2.50

L 8 SW MP3025 195─295 0.10─0.50 0.30─2.50

L 9 SW NX2525 190─270 0.10─0.50 0.30─2.50

L 10 R/L-K MP3025 195─295 0.08─0.20 0.30─1.20

M 1 MP UE6105 200─370 0.16─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 2 MP MP3025 175─270 0.16─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 3 MA UE6105 200─370 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 4 MH UE6105 200─370 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 5 Std UE6105 200─370 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 6 Std MP3025 175─270 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 7 Std NX2525 170─245 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 8 Std UTi20T 85─125 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 9 MW UE6105 200─370 0.20─0.60 0.90─4.00

M 10 R/L MP3025 175─270 0.15─0.32 0.40─2.00

R 1 RP UE6105 190─350 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH UE6105 190─350 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

H 1 HX UE6110 160─275 0.50─1.26 3.00─11.00

H 2 HV UE6110 135─225 0.70─1.30 4.00─12.00

F 1 FH MP3025 210─325 0.08─0.20 0.20─1.00

F 2 FH NX3035 200─285 0.08─0.20 0.20─1.00

F 3 FH UE6110 230─390 0.08─0.20 0.20─1.00

L 1 LP UE6110 210─355 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH UE6110 210─355 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 3 SA UE6110 210─355 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 4 LP MP3025 195─295 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 5 SH NX3035 185─260 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

y

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

RECOMMENDED CUTTING CONDITIONSBreaker : Std : Standard Flat : Flat Top

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Mild Steel(St37-2, Ck10) <180HB

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

(Ck45, 42CrMo4)

180|

280HB

NEGATIVE INSERTS

CUTTING CONDITIONS : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable CuttingCUTTING AREA : F : Finish Cutting L : Light Cutting M : Medium Cutting R : Rough Cutting H : Heavy Cutting

Page 72: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A071

P

L 6 SA NX3035 185─260 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 7 SW UE6110 210─355 0.10─0.50 0.30─2.50

L 8 SW NX3035 185─260 0.10─0.50 0.30─2.50

M 1 MP UE6110 190─325 0.16─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 2 MA UE6110 190─325 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 3 MA NX3035 165─235 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 4 MH UE6110 190─325 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 5 Std UE6110 190─325 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 6 Std NX3035 165─235 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 7 MW UE6110 190─325 0.20─0.60 0.90─4.00

R 1 RP UE6110 180─310 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH UE6110 180─310 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

H 1 HX UE6020 155─250 0.50─1.26 3.00─11.00

H 2 HV UE6020 125─205 0.70─1.30 4.00─12.00

H 3 HZ UE6110 160─275 0.40─1.20 2.00─10.00

F 1 FH UE6110 230─390 0.08─0.20 0.20─1.00

F 2 FH UE6020 215─355 0.08─0.20 0.20─1.00

L 1 LP MC6025 210─340 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH UE6020 200─325 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 3 SA UE6020 200─325 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M 1 MP MC6025 190─310 0.16─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 2 MA MC6025 190─310 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 3 MP UE6020 180─295 0.16─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 4 MA UE6020 180─295 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 5 MA UE6035 170─235 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 6 MH UE6020 180─295 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 7 MH UE6035 170─235 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 8 Std UE6020 180─295 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 9 Std UE6035 170─235 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 10 MW MC6025 190─310 0.20─0.60 0.90─4.00

M 11 MW UE6020 180─295 0.20─0.60 0.90─4.00

R 1 RP MC6025 180─295 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH UE6020 170─280 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

H 1 HX UH6400 135─195 0.50─1.26 3.00─11.00

H 2 HV UH6400 110─160 0.70─1.30 4.00─12.00

H 3 HZ UH6400 135─195 0.40─1.20 2.00─10.00

H 4 HZ UE6020 155─250 0.40─1.20 2.00─10.00

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

(Ck45, 42CrMo4)

180|

280HB

Page 73: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A072

M

L 1 LM MC7015 180─285 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 95─185 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 3 SH NX2525 65─135 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 4 SW US7020 105─270 0.10─0.50 0.30─2.50

M 1 MM MC7015 160─255 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MC7015 160─255 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MS US7020 95─245 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 4 MA US7020 95─245 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 5 MH US7020 95─245 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 6 MW US7020 95─245 0.20─0.60 0.90─4.00

R 1 RM MC7015 155─245 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US7020 90─235 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MC7025 160─215 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 95─185 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 145─195 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MC7025 145─195 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MA MC7025 145─195 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 4 MS US735 85─165 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 5 MA US735 85─165 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

R 1 RM MC7025 140─185 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US735 85─160 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MP7035 95─155 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 95─185 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MP7035 85─140 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MP7035 85─140 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MA MP7035 85─140 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 4 MS US735 85─165 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 5 MS VP15TF 75─130 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 6 MS UP20M 95─145 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 7 MS UTi20T 75─110 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 8 MA VP15TF 75─130 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 9 Std VP15TF 75─130 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

R 1 RM MP7035 85─135 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US735 85─160 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MC7015 150─240 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 80─155 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 3 SH NX2525 55─115 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 4 SW US7020 90─230 0.10─0.50 0.30─2.50

M 1 MM MC7015 135─215 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MC7015 135─215 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MS US7020 80─205 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 4 MA US7020 80─205 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 5 MH US7020 80─205 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 6 MW US7020 80─205 0.20─0.60 0.90─4.00

R 1 RM MC7015 130─205 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US7020 75─195 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MC7025 135─180 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

y

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

RECOMMENDED CUTTING CONDITIONSBreaker : Std : Standard Flat : Flat TopNEGATIVE INSERTS

CUTTING CONDITIONS : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable CuttingCUTTING AREA : F : Finish Cutting L : Light Cutting M : Medium Cutting R : Rough Cutting H : Heavy Cutting

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

AusteniticStainless Steel

(X5CrNi189, X5CrNiMo1810)<200HB

AusteniticStainless Steel

(X2CrNiN1810, X2CrNiMoN1813)>200HB

Page 74: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A073

M

L 2 SH US735 80─155 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 125─165 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MC7025 125─165 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MA MC7025 125─165 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 4 MS US735 75─140 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 5 MA US735 75─140 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

R 1 RM MC7025 115─155 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US735 70─135 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MP7035 80─130 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 80─155 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MP7035 75─120 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MP7035 75─120 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MA MP7035 75─120 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 4 MS US735 75─140 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 5 MS VP15TF 65─110 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 6 MS UP20M 80─125 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 7 MS UTi20T 65─95 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 8 MA VP15TF 65─110 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 9 Std VP15TF 65─110 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

R 1 RM MP7035 70─115 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US735 70─135 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MC7015 120─195 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 65─125 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 3 SH NX2525 45─90 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 4 SW US7020 75─185 0.10─0.50 0.30─2.50

M 1 MM MC7015 110─175 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MC7015 110─175 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MS US7020 65─170 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 4 MA US7020 65─170 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 5 MH US7020 65─170 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 6 MW US7020 65─170 0.20─0.60 0.90─4.00

R 1 RM MC7015 105─165 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US7020 60─160 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MC7025 110─150 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 65─125 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 100─135 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MC7025 100─135 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MA MC7025 100─135 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 4 MS US735 60─115 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 5 MA US735 60─115 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

R 1 RM MC7025 95─125 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US735 55─110 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MP7035 65─105 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 65─125 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MP7035 60─95 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MP7035 60─95 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MA MP7035 60─95 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

AusteniticStainless Steel

(X2CrNiN1810, X2CrNiMoN1813)>200HB

Two-phase Stainless Steel(X3CrNiCu1894) <280HB

Page 75: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A074

M

M 4 MS US735 60─115 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 5 MS VP15TF 50─90 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 6 MS UP20M 65─100 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 7 MS UTi20T 50─75 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 8 MA VP15TF 50─90 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 9 Std VP15TF 50─90 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

R 1 RM MP7035 55─90 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US735 55─110 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MC7015 180─285 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 95─185 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 3 SH NX2525 65─135 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 4 SW US7020 105─270 0.10─0.50 0.30─2.50

M 1 MM MC7015 160─255 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MC7015 160─255 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MS US7020 95─245 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 4 MA US7020 95─245 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 5 MH US7020 95─245 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 6 MW US7020 95─245 0.20─0.60 0.90─4.00

R 1 RM MC7015 155─245 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US7020 90─235 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MC7025 160─215 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 95─185 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 145─195 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MC7025 145─195 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MA MC7025 145─195 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 4 MS US735 85─165 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 5 MA US735 85─165 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

R 1 RM MC7025 140─185 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US735 85─160 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MP7035 95─155 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 95─185 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MP7035 85─140 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MP7035 85─140 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MA MP7035 85─140 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 4 MS US735 85─165 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 5 MS VP15TF 75─130 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 6 MS UP20M 95─145 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 7 MS UTi20T 75─110 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 8 MA VP15TF 75─130 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 9 Std VP15TF 75─130 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

R 1 RM MP7035 85─135 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US735 85─160 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MC7015 150─240 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 80─155 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 3 SH NX2525 55─115 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 4 SW US7020 90─230 0.10─0.50 0.30─2.50

M 1 MM MC7015 135─215 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

y

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

RECOMMENDED CUTTING CONDITIONSBreaker : Std : Standard Flat : Flat TopNEGATIVE INSERTS

CUTTING CONDITIONS : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable CuttingCUTTING AREA : F : Finish Cutting L : Light Cutting M : Medium Cutting R : Rough Cutting H : Heavy Cutting

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Two-phase Stainless Steel(X3CrNiCu1894) <280HB

Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless Steel

(X10Cr13, X8Cr17)<200HB

Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless Steel

(X17CrNi162, X30Cr13)>200HB

Page 76: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A075

M

M 2 GM MC7015 135─215 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MS US7020 80─205 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 4 MA US7020 80─205 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 5 MH US7020 80─205 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 6 MW US7020 80─205 0.20─0.60 0.90─4.00

R 1 RM MC7015 130─205 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US7020 75─195 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MC7025 135─180 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 80─155 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 125─165 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 MS MC7025 125─165 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MA MC7025 125─165 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 4 MS US735 75─140 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 5 MA US735 75─140 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

R 1 RM MC7025 115─155 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US735 70─135 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MP7035 80─130 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 80─155 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MP7035 75─120 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MP7035 75─120 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MA MP7035 75─120 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 4 MS US735 75─140 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 5 MS VP15TF 65─110 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 6 MS UP20M 80─125 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 7 MS UTi20T 65─95 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 8 MA VP15TF 65─110 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 9 Std VP15TF 65─110 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

R 1 RM MP7035 70─115 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US735 70─135 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MC7015 100─160 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 55─105 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 3 SH NX2525 35─75 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 4 SW US7020 60─155 0.10─0.50 0.30─2.50

M 1 MM MC7015 90─145 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MC7015 90─145 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MS US7020 55─140 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 4 MA US7020 55─140 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 5 MH US7020 55─140 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 6 MW US7020 55─140 0.20─0.60 0.90─4.00

R 1 RM MC7015 85─135 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US7020 50─130 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MC7025 90─120 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 55─105 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 80─110 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MC7025 80─110 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MA MC7025 80─110 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 4 MS US735 50─95 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless Steel

(X17CrNi162, X30Cr13)>200HB

Hardened Stainless Steel(X5CrNiCuNb16-4, X7CrNiAl17-7) <450HB

Page 77: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A076

M

M 5 MA US735 50─95 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

R 1 RM MC7025 80─105 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US735 45─90 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

L 1 LM MP7035 55─85 0.10─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 SH US735 55─105 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MP7035 50─80 0.15─0.45 0.70─5.00

M 2 GM MP7035 50─80 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 3 MA MP7035 50─80 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 4 MS US735 50─95 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 5 MS VP15TF 45─75 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 6 MS UP20M 55─80 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 7 MS UTi20T 45─60 0.16─0.50 0.50─4.00

M 8 MA VP15TF 45─75 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 9 Std VP15TF 45─75 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

R 1 RM MP7035 45─75 0.25─0.55 1.50─6.00

R 2 GH US735 45─90 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

y

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

RECOMMENDED CUTTING CONDITIONSBreaker : Std : Standard Flat : Flat TopNEGATIVE INSERTS

CUTTING CONDITIONS : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable CuttingCUTTING AREA : F : Finish Cutting L : Light Cutting M : Medium Cutting R : Rough Cutting H : Heavy Cutting

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Hardened Stainless Steel(X5CrNiCuNb16-4, X7CrNiAl17-7) <450HB

Page 78: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A077

K

L 1 LK MC5005 235─375 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 2 MA MC5005 210─335 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

L 3 MA UC5105 170─315 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 1 MK MC5005 210─335 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 2 GK MC5005 210─335 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 3 Std UC5105 170─315 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 4 Std NX2525 155─210 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 5 MW UC5105 170─315 0.20─0.60 0.90─4.00

R 1 RK MC5005 195─315 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 2 Flat MC5005 195─315 0.25─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 3 GH UC5105 165─300 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 4 Flat UC5105 165─300 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 5 Flat HTi10 100─145 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 6 Flat HTi05T 110─185 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 1 Flat MC5005 195─315 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 2 Flat UC5105 165─300 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

L 1 LK MC5015 205─335 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 2 MA MC5015 190─305 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

L 3 MA UC5115 165─305 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

L 4 MP UC5115 165─305 0.16─0.50 0.30─4.00

L 5 SW UC5115 185─335 0.10─0.50 0.30─2.50

M 1 MK MC5015 190─305 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 2 GK MC5015 190─305 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 3 Std UC5115 165─305 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 4 Std HTi10 105─150 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 5 MH UC5115 165─305 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 6 MW UC5115 165─305 0.20─0.60 0.90─4.00

R 1 RK MC5015 180─285 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 2 Flat MC5015 180─285 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 3 GH UC5115 160─290 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 4 Flat UC5115 160─290 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 1 Flat MC5015 180─285 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 2 Flat UC5115 160─290 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

L 1 LK MC5015 205─335 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 2 MA MC5015 190─305 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

L 3 MA UC5115 165─305 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 1 MK MC5015 190─305 0.20─0.55 1.50─4.00

M 2 GK MC5015 190─305 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 3 Std UC5115 165─305 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 4 Std UTi20T 85─120 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

R 1 RK MC5015 180─285 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 2 Flat MC5015 180─285 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 3 GH UC5115 160─290 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 4 Flat UC5115 160─290 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 5 Flat UTi20T 80─115 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 1 Flat MC5015 180─285 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 2 Flat UC5115 160─290 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Work Material Tensile Strength

Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Gray Cast Iron(GG30) <350MPa

Page 79: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A078

K

L 1 LK MC5005 220─355 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 2 MA MC5005 210─335 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

L 3 MA UC5105 160─295 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 1 MK MC5005 210─335 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 2 GK MC5005 210─335 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 3 Std UC5105 160─295 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 4 Std NX2525 145─200 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

R 1 RK MC5005 195─315 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 2 Flat MC5005 195─315 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 3 GH UC5105 155─280 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 4 Flat UC5105 155─280 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 5 Flat HTi10 95─135 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 6 Flat HTi05T 105─175 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 1 Flat MC5005 195─315 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 2 Flat UC5105 155─280 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

L 1 LK MC5015 205─335 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 2 MA MC5015 190─305 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

L 4 MA UC5115 155─285 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

L 5 MP UC5115 155─285 0.16─0.50 0.30─4.00

L 6 SW UC5115 175─315 0.10─0.50 0.30─2.50

M 1 MK MC5015 190─305 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 2 GK MC5015 190─305 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 3 Std UC5115 155─285 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 4 Std HTi10 100─140 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

R 1 RK MC5015 180─285 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 2 Flat MC5015 180─285 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 3 GH UC5115 150─275 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 4 Flat UC5115 150─275 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 1 Flat MC5015 180─285 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 2 Flat UC5115 150─275 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

L 1 LK MC5015 205─335 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 2 MA MC5015 190─305 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

L 3 MA UC5115 165─305 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 1 MK MC5015 190─305 0.20─0.55 1.50─4.00

M 2 GK MC5015 190─305 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 3 Std UC5115 165─305 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 4 Std UTi20T 85─120 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

R 1 RK MC5015 180─285 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 2 Flat MC5015 180─285 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 3 GH UC5115 160─290 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 4 Flat UC5115 160─290 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 5 Flat UTi20T 80─115 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 1 Flat MC5015 180─285 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 2 Flat UC5115 160─290 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

L 1 LK MC5005 195─315 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 2 MA MC5005 210─335 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

L 3 MA UC5105 160─295 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

y

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

RECOMMENDED CUTTING CONDITIONSBreaker : Std : Standard Flat : Flat TopNEGATIVE INSERTS

CUTTING CONDITIONS : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable CuttingCUTTING AREA : F : Finish Cutting L : Light Cutting M : Medium Cutting R : Rough Cutting H : Heavy Cutting

Work Material Tensile Strength

Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Ductile Cast Iron(GGG40) <450MPa

Ductile Cast Iron(GGG70) <800MPa

Page 80: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A079

K

M 1 MK MC5005 210─335 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 2 GK MC5005 210─335 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 3 Std UC5105 160─295 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 4 Std NX2525 145─200 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

R 1 RK MC5005 195─315 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 2 Flat MC5005 195─315 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 3 GH UC5105 155─280 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 4 Flat UC5105 155─280 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 5 Flat HTi10 95─135 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 6 Flat HTi05T 105─175 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 1 Flat MC5005 195─315 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 2 Flat UC5105 155─280 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

L 1 LK MC5015 205─335 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 2 MA MC5015 190─305 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

L 3 MA UC5115 155─285 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

L 4 MP UC5115 155─285 0.16─0.50 0.30─4.00

L 5 SW UC5115 175─315 0.10─0.50 0.30─2.50

M 1 MK MC5015 190─305 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 2 GK MC5015 190─305 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 3 Std UC5115 155─285 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 4 Std HTi10 100─140 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

R 1 RK MC5015 180─285 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 2 Flat MC5015 180─285 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 3 GH UC5115 150─275 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 4 Flat UC5115 150─275 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 1 Flat MC5015 180─285 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 2 Flat UC5115 150─275 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

L 1 LK MC5015 205─335 0.10─0.40 0.30─2.00

L 2 MA MC5015 190─305 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

L 3 MA UC5115 165─305 0.20─0.50 0.30─4.00

M 1 MK MC5015 190─305 0.20─0.55 1.00─4.00

M 2 GK MC5015 190─305 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 3 Std UC5115 165─305 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

M 4 Std UTi20T 85─120 0.25─0.60 1.50─5.00

R 1 RK MC5015 180─285 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 2 Flat MC5015 180─285 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 3 GH UC5115 160─290 0.25─0.60 1.50─6.00

R 4 Flat UC5115 160─290 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

R 5 Flat UTi20T 80─115 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 1 Flat MC5015 180─285 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

H 2 Flat UC5115 160─290 0.20─0.60 2.50─6.00

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Work Material Tensile Strength

Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Ductile Cast Iron(GGG70) <800MPa

Page 81: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A080

S

F 1 FJ RT9010 45─95 0.07─0.20 0.10─1.00

L 1 LS MT9015 40─85 0.10─0.25 0.20─0.80

L 2 MJ(M) RT9010 40─80 0.07─0.25 0.40─1.50

M 1 MS MT9015 40─80 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

M 2 MS RT9010 40─80 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

R 1 RS MT9015 35─75 0.20─0.35 1.00─4.00

R 2 GJ RT9010 35─75 0.16─0.35 1.00─3.00

F 1 FJ RT9010 45─95 0.07─0.20 0.10─1.00

L 1 LS MT9015 40─85 0.10─0.25 0.20─0.80

L 2 MJ(M) RT9010 40─80 0.07─0.25 0.40─1.50

L 3 MJ(G) RT9010 40─80 0.07─0.25 0.40─1.50

M 1 MS MT9015 40─80 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

M 2 MS RT9010 40─80 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

R 1 RS MT9015 35─75 0.20─0.35 1.00─4.00

R 2 GJ RT9010 35─75 0.16─0.35 1.00─3.00

F 1 FJ RT9010 45─95 0.07─0.20 0.10─1.00

L 1 MJ(M) RT9010 40─80 0.07─0.25 0.40─1.50

L 2 MJ(G) RT9010 40─80 0.07─0.25 0.40─1.50

M 1 MS RT9010 40─80 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

R 1 GJ RT9010 35─75 0.16─0.35 1.00─3.00

S

F 1 FJ VP10RT 30─60 0.07─0.20 0.10─1.00

L 1 LS MP9005 30─110 0.10─0.25 0.20─0.80

L 2 MJ(M) VP05RT 30─60 0.07─0.25 0.40─1.50

L 3 MJ(M) US905 50─100 0.07─0.25 0.40─1.50

L 4 MJ(G) VP10RT 25─50 0.07─0.25 0.40─1.50

M 1 MS MP9005 30─100 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

M 2 MS VP05RT 30─60 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

M 3 MS US905 50─100 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

R 1 RS MP9015 20─75 0.20─0.35 1.00─4.00

R 2 GJ VP10RT 20─45 0.16─0.35 1.00─3.00

R 3 GJ US905 45─95 0.16─0.35 1.00─3.00

F 1 FJ VP10RT 30─60 0.07─0.20 0.10─1.00

L 1 LS MP9015 25─85 0.10─0.25 0.20─0.80

L 2 MJ(M) VP10RT 25─50 0.07─0.25 0.40─1.50

M 1 MS MP9015 25─80 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

M 2 MS VP10RT 25─50 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

R 1 RS MP9015 20─75 0.20─0.35 1.00─4.00

R 2 GJ VP10RT 20─45 0.16─0.35 1.00─3.00

F 1 FJ VP15TF 20─40 0.07─0.20 0.10─1.00

L 1 MJ(M) VP15TF 20─35 0.07─0.25 0.40─1.50

L 2 MJ(G) VP15TF 20─35 0.07─0.25 0.40─1.50

M 1 MS VP15TF 20─35 0.10─0.25 0.50─4.00

R 1 GJ VP15TF 15─30 0.16─0.35 1.00─3.00

y

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Titanium Alloy(Ti-6Al-4V)

Heat Resistant Alloy(Inconel®718)

RECOMMENDED CUTTING CONDITIONSBreaker : Std : Standard Flat : Flat TopNEGATIVE INSERTS

CUTTING CONDITIONS : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable CuttingCUTTING AREA : F : Finish Cutting L : Light Cutting M : Medium Cutting R : Rough Cutting H : Heavy Cutting

Page 82: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A081

P

F 1 FP NX2525 225─320 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 FV NX2525 225─320 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 3 R/L-F MP3025 230─350 0.05─0.12 0.10─0.50

L 1 LP NX2525 225─320 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std UE6110 205─350 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 3 MV MP3025 190─295 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 4 Std MP3025 190─295 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MP NX2525 185─265 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FP UE6110 250─425 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 FP MP3025 230─350 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 3 FV MP3025 230─350 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 4 FV NX3035 215─305 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

L 1 LP UE6110 250─425 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 LP MP3025 230─350 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 3 Std UE6110 205─350 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MP UE6110 205─350 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 MP MP3025 190─295 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FP MC6025 250─405 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 FV UE6020 235─385 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

L 1 LP MC6025 250─405 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std UE6020 195─320 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MP MC6025 205─335 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FP NX2525 165─235 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 FV NX2525 165─235 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 3 R/L-F MP3025 170─260 0.05─0.12 0.10─0.50

L 1 LP NX2525 165─235 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std UE6110 150─260 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 3 MV MP3025 140─215 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 4 Std MP3025 140─215 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 5 SV MP3025 170─260 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 6 MW MP3025 140─215 0.10─0.35 0.80─2.50

M 1 MP NX2525 135─195 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FP UE6110 185─310 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 FP MP3025 170─260 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 3 FV MP3025 170─260 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 4 FV NX3035 160─225 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 5 SW MP3025 170─260 0.06─0.24 0.20─1.50

L 1 LP UE6110 185─310 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 LP MP3025 170─260 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 3 Std UE6110 150─260 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MP UE6110 150─260 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 MP MP3025 140─215 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FP MC6025 185─295 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 FV UE6020 175─285 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

L 1 LP MC6025 185─295 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std UE6020 145─235 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MP MC6025 150─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

yy

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Mild Steel(St37-2, Ck10) <180HB

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

(Ck45, 41CrMo4)

180|

280HB

7° POSITIVE INSERT TYPE

Page 83: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A082

P

M 1 MP NX2525 95─140 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MP UE6110 110─185 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 MP MP3025 100─155 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MP MC6025 110─175 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

y

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

(40CrNiMoA)

280|

350HB

CUTTING CONDITIONS : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable CuttingCUTTING AREA : F : Finish Cutting L : Light Cutting M : Medium Cutting R : Rough Cutting H : Heavy Cutting

RECOMMENDED CUTTING CONDITIONSBreaker : Std : Standard Flat : Flat Top7° POSITIVE INSERT TYPE

Page 84: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A083

M

F 1 FM VP15TF 75─125 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 70─135 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MC7025 140─190 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std US735 70─135 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 115─155 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 75─125 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 70─135 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MC7025 140─190 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std US735 70─135 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 115─155 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 75─125 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 70─135 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MP7035 85─135 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 LM VP15TF 75─125 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 3 Std US735 70─135 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MP7035 70─115 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 MM VP15TF 60─105 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 60─105 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 60─110 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MC7025 120─160 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std US735 60─110 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 100─130 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 60─105 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 60─110 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MC7025 120─160 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std US735 60─110 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 100─130 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 60─105 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 60─110 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MP7035 70─115 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 LM VP15TF 60─105 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 3 Std US735 60─110 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MP7035 60─95 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 MM VP15TF 50─90 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 50─85 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 45─90 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MC7025 95─130 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std US735 45─90 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 80─105 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 50─85 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 45─90 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MC7025 95─130 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std US735 45─90 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 80─105 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 50─85 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 45─90 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MP7035 55─95 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

AusteniticStainless Steel

(X5CrNi189, X5CrNiMo1810)<200HB

AusteniticStainless Steel

(X2CrNiN1810, X2CrNiMoN1813)>200HB

Two-phase Stainless Steel(X3CrNiCu1894) <280HB

Page 85: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A084

M

L 2 LM VP15TF 50─85 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 3 Std US735 45─90 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MP7035 45─75 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 MM VP15TF 40─70 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 75─125 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 70─135 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MC7025 140─190 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std US735 70─135 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 115─155 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 75─125 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 70─135 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MC7025 140─190 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std US735 70─135 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 115─155 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 75─125 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 70─135 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MP7035 85─135 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 LM VP15TF 75─125 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 3 Std US735 70─135 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MP7035 70─115 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 MM VP15TF 60─105 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 60─105 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 60─110 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MC7025 120─160 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std US735 60─110 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 100─130 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 60─105 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 60─110 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MC7025 120─160 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std US735 60─110 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 100─130 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 60─105 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 60─110 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MP7035 70─115 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 LM VP15TF 60─105 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 3 Std US735 60─110 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MP7035 60─95 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 MM VP15TF 50─90 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 40─70 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 40─75 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MC7025 80─105 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std US735 40─75 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MC7025 65─90 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 40─70 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 40─75 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MC7025 80─105 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 Std US735 40─75 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

y

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Two-phase Stainless Steel(X3CrNiCu1894) <280HB

Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless Steel

(X10Cr13, X8Cr17)<200HB

Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless Steel

(X17CrNi162, X30Cr13)>200HB

Hardened Stainless Steel(X5CrNiCuNb16-4, X7CrNiAl17-7) <450HB

RECOMMENDED CUTTING CONDITIONSBreaker : Std : Standard Flat : Flat Top

CUTTING CONDITIONS : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable CuttingCUTTING AREA : F : Finish Cutting L : Light Cutting M : Medium Cutting R : Rough Cutting H : Heavy Cutting

7° POSITIVE INSERT TYPE

Page 86: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A085

M

M 1 MM MC7025 65─90 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 FM VP15TF 40─70 0.04─0.20 0.20─0.90

F 2 Std US735 40─75 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 LM MP7035 45─75 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 2 LM VP15TF 40─70 0.06─0.25 0.20─1.00

L 3 Std US735 40─75 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 MM MP7035 40─65 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 MM VP15TF 35─60 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Hardened Stainless Steel(X5CrNiCuNb16-4, X7CrNiAl17-7) <450HB

Page 87: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A086

K

F 1 MK MC5005 170─270 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 2 Std UC5115 130─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 MK MC5005 170─270 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 Std UC5115 130─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 Flat MC5005 170─270 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 Flat UC5115 130─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 MK MC5015 155─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 2 Std UC5115 130─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 MK MC5015 155─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 Std UC5115 130─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 Flat MC5015 155─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 Flat UC5115 130─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 MK MC5015 155─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 2 Std UC5115 130─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 MK MC5015 155─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 Std UC5115 130─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 Flat MC5015 155─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 Flat UC5115 130─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 MK MC5005 160─255 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 2 Std UC5115 125─230 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 MK MC5005 160─255 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 Std UC5115 125─230 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 Flat MC5005 160─255 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 Flat UC5115 125─230 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 MK MC5015 145─235 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 2 Std UC5115 125─230 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 MK MC5015 145─235 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 Std UC5115 125─230 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 Flat MC5015 145─235 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 Flat UC5115 125─230 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 MK MC5015 140─225 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 2 Std UC5115 125─230 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 MK MC5015 140─225 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 Std UC5115 125─230 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 Flat MC5015 140─225 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 Flat UC5115 125─230 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 MK MC5005 140─225 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 2 Std UC5115 110─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 MK MC5005 140─225 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 Std UC5115 110─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 Flat MC5005 140─225 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 Flat UC5115 110─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 MK MC5015 130─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 2 Std UC5115 110─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 MK MC5015 130─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 Std UC5115 110─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 Flat MC5015 130─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

y

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Work Material Tensile Strength

Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Gray Cast Iron(GG30) <350MPa

Ductile Cast Iron(GGG40) <450MPa

Ductile Cast Iron(GGG70) <800MPa

CUTTING CONDITIONS : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable CuttingCUTTING AREA : F : Finish Cutting L : Light Cutting M : Medium Cutting R : Rough Cutting H : Heavy Cutting

RECOMMENDED CUTTING CONDITIONSBreaker : Std : Standard Flat : Flat Top7° POSITIVE INSERT TYPE

Page 88: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A087

K

M 2 Flat UC5115 110─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 MK MC5015 130─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 2 Std UC5115 110─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 1 MK MC5015 130─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 Std UC5115 110─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 Flat MC5015 130─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 Flat UC5115 110─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Work Material Tensile Strength

Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Ductile Cast Iron(GGG70) <800MPa

Page 89: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A088

N

F 1 AZ HTi10 300─700 0.10─0.40 0.20─3.00

F 1 AZ HTi10 300─700 0.10─0.40 0.20─3.00

F 1 AZ HTi10 300─700 0.10─0.40 0.20─3.00

F 1 AZ HTi10 300─700 0.10─0.40 0.20─3.00

F 1 AZ HTi10 300─700 0.10─0.40 0.20─3.00

F 1 AZ HTi10 300─700 0.10─0.40 0.20─3.00

F 1 AZ HTi10 300─700 0.10─0.40 0.20─3.00

F 1 AZ HTi10 300─700 0.10─0.40 0.20─3.00

F 1 AZ HTi10 300─700 0.10─0.40 0.20─3.00

y

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

RECOMMENDED CUTTING CONDITIONSBreaker : Std : Standard Flat : Flat Top

CUTTING CONDITIONS : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable CuttingCUTTING AREA : F : Finish Cutting L : Light Cutting M : Medium Cutting R : Rough Cutting H : Heavy Cutting

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Aluminium Alloy(A6061, A7075) Si<5%

Aluminium Alloy(AC4B) 5%<Si<10%

Aluminium Alloy(ADC12, A390) Si>10%

7° POSITIVE INSERT TYPE

Page 90: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A089

S

F 1 FJ RT9010 35─75 0.04─0.12 0.20─1.40

F 1 FJ RT9010 35─75 0.04─0.12 0.20─1.40

F 1 FJ RT9010 35─75 0.04─0.12 0.20─1.40

S

F 1 FJ VP10RT 20─45 0.04─0.12 0.20─1.40

F 1 FJ VP10RT 20─45 0.04─0.12 0.20─1.40

F 1 FJ VP10RT 20─45 0.04─0.12 0.20─1.40

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Titanium Alloy(Ti-6Al-4V)

Heat Resistant Alloy(Inconel®718)

Page 91: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A090

P

F 1 R-R/L NX2525 225─320 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L 1 R-Std NX2525 185─265 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 R-Std NX2525 185─265 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 R-R/L NX2525 225─320 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L 1 R-Std UE6110 205─350 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 R-Std MP3025 190─295 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 3 R-Std NX3035 180─255 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 R-Std UE6110 205─350 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 R-Std MP3025 190─295 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 3 R-Std NX3035 180─255 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 R-R/L UTi20T 115─165 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L 1 R-Std UE6020 195─320 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 N-Flat UE6020 195─320 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 3 N-Flat UP20M 105─160 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 R-Std UE6020 195─320 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 N-Flat UE6020 195─320 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 3 N-Flat UP20M 105─160 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 R-R/L NX2525 165─235 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L 1 R-Std NX2525 135─195 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 R-Std NX2525 135─195 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 R-R/L NX2525 165─235 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L 1 R-Std UE6110 150─260 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 R-Std MP3025 140─215 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 3 R-Std NX3035 130─190 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 R-Std UE6110 150─260 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 R-Std MP3025 140─215 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 3 R-Std NX3035 130─190 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 R-R/L UTi20T 85─120 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L 1 R-Std UE6020 145─235 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 N-Flat UE6020 145─235 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 3 N-Flat UP20M 75─115 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 R-Std UE6020 145─235 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 N-Flat UE6020 145─235 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 3 N-Flat UP20M 75─115 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

y

TURNING INSERTSTU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

RECOMMENDED CUTTING CONDITIONSBreaker : Std : Standard Flat : Flat Top

Work Material Hardness Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Mild Steel(St37-2, Ck10) <180HB

Carbon Steel • Alloy Steel

(Ck45, 42CrMo4)

180|

280HB

CUTTING CONDITIONS : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable CuttingCUTTING AREA : F : Finish Cutting L : Light Cutting M : Medium Cutting R : Rough Cutting H : Heavy Cutting

11° POSITIVE INSERT TYPE

Page 92: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A091

K

F 1 R-R/L NX2525 150─205 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L 1 N-Flat UC5105 135─250 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 N-Flat NX2525 125─170 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 3 R-Std NX2525 125─170 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 N-Flat UC5105 135─250 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 N-Flat NX2525 125─170 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 3 R-Std NX2525 125─170 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 R-R/L NX2525 150─205 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

F 2 R-R/L HTi10 100─145 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L 1 N-Flat UC5115 130─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 N-Flat UE6110 130─200 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 N-Flat UC5115 130─245 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 N-Flat UE6110 130─200 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 R-R/L UTi20T 80─115 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L 1 N-Flat VP15TF 115─160 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 N-Flat VP15TF 115─160 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 R-R/L NX2525 140─190 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L 1 N-Flat UC5105 130─235 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 N-Flat NX2525 115─160 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 3 R-Std NX2525 115─160 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 N-Flat UC5105 130─235 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 N-Flat NX2525 115─160 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 3 R-Std NX2525 115─160 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 R-R/L NX2525 140─190 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

F 2 R-R/L HTi10 95─135 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L 1 N-Flat UC5115 125─230 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 N-Flat UE6110 120─190 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 N-Flat UC5115 125─230 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 N-Flat UE6110 120─190 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 R-R/L UTi20T 75─110 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L 1 N-Flat VP15TF 110─150 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 N-Flat VP15TF 110─150 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 R-R/L NX2525 125─170 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L 1 N-Flat UC5105 115─210 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 N-Flat NX2525 105─140 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 3 R-Std NX2525 105─140 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 N-Flat UC5105 115─210 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 N-Flat NX2525 105─140 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 3 R-Std NX2525 105─140 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 R-R/L NX2525 125─170 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

F 2 R-R/L HTi10 85─120 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L 1 N-Flat UC5115 110─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

L 2 N-Flat UE6110 105─170 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 N-Flat UC5115 110─205 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 2 N-Flat UE6110 105─170 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

F 1 R-R/L UTi20T 65─95 0.05─0.12 0.20─0.60

L 1 N-Flat VP15TF 95─135 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

M 1 N-Flat VP15TF 95─135 0.08─0.30 0.30─2.00

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Work Material Tensile Strength

Cutting Mode Priority Breaker Grade Cutting Speed

(m/min)Feed

(mm/rev)Depth of Cut

(mm)

Gray Cast Iron(GG30) <350MPa

Ductile Cast Iron(GGG40) <450MPa

Ductile Cast Iron(GGG70) <800MPa

Page 93: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A092

CNMG 12 04 02- FH

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

FH CNMG120402-FH 0.2 s s s s a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120404-FH 0.4 a s a a s

120408-FH 0.8 a a a a

120412-FH 1.2 a s

FS CNMG120404-FS 0.4 s a C008

C009E014E037H006─008

120408-FS 0.8 a

FY CNMG120404-FY 0.4 a a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-FY 0.8 a a a

FJ CNGG1204V5-FJ 0.05 a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120401-FJ 0.1 a a

120402-FJ 0.2 a a

120404-FJ 0.4 a a a

120408-FJ 0.8 a a a

PK CNGG120404-PK 0.4 a C008C009E014E037H006─008

LP CNMG120404-LP 0.4 a a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-LP 0.8 a a a a

120412-LP 1.2 a a a

LM CNMG120404-LM 0.4 a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-LM 0.8 a a a

120412-LM 1.2 a a a

NEW

NEW

CN80°P P P M K

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

FY

SY

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

HX

RP

FH

MP

LP

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SW

MW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

LK

MK

RK

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALS

WITH HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE Chip Breaker

Mild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (Wiper) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Page 94: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A093

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

LK CNMG120404-LK 0.4 a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-LK 0.8 a a

LS CNMG120404-LS 0.4 a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-LS 0.8 a a a

SH CNMG09T304-SH 0.4 a aC008C009E014E037H006─008

09T308-SH 0.8 a

09T312-SH 1.2 a

120404-SH 0.4 a a a a a a a s

120408-SH 0.8 a a a a a a a s

120412-SH 1.2 a a a a

SA CNMG120404-SA 0.4 a a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-SA 0.8 a a a a

120412-SA 1.2 a a a s

SW CNMG120404-SW 0.4 a a a a a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-SW 0.8 a a a a a a a

120412-SW 1.2 a a a a a a

SY CNMG120404-SY 0.4 a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-SY 0.8 a a a

MJ CNMG120404-MJ 0.4 a a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-MJ 0.8 a a a a

120412-MJ 1.2 a a a

120416-MJ 1.6 a s a

MJ CNGG120404-MJ 0.4 a a s a C008

C009E014E037H006─008

120408-MJ 0.8 a a s a

NEW

NEW

*

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

=

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting(Wiper)

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

WITH HOLE

* Please refer to page A028 before using the SW breaker (wiper insert).

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Page 95: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A094

CNMG 12 04 04- MPCN80°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

MP CNMG120404-MP 0.4 a a a a a a

C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-MP 0.8 a a a a a a

120412-MP 1.2 a a a a a a

120416-MP 1.6 a a a a

160608-MP 0.8 a a a a a

160612-MP 1.2 a a a a a

160616-MP 1.6 a a a a a

MM CNMG120408-MM 0.8 a a a

C008C009E014E037H006─008

120412-MM 1.2 a a a

120416-MM 1.6 a a a

160608-MM 0.8 a a a

160612-MM 1.2 a a a

160616-MM 1.6 a a a

190608-MM 0.8 a a a

190612-MM 1.2 a a a

190616-MM 1.6 a a a

MK CNMG120404-MK 0.4 a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-MK 0.8 a a

120412-MK 1.2 a a

MS CNMG090304-MS 0.4 a

C008C009E014E037H006─008

090308-MS 0.8 s a

09T304-MS 0.4 a a

09T308-MS 0.8 a a

120404-MS 0.4 s s a a s a a a a a a a s a

120408-MS 0.8 a s a a s a a a a a a a a a a

120412-MS 1.2 s a a a a a a a

160608-MS 0.8 s

160612-MS 1.2 s

190612-MS 1.2 a

190616-MS 1.6 a

NEW

NEW

P P P M K

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

=

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

FY

SY

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

HX

RP

FH

MP

LP

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SW

MW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

LK

MK

RK

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

WITH HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE Chip Breaker

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (Wiper) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Flat Top

Page 96: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A095

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

GM CNMG120404-GM 0.4 a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-GM 0.8 a a a

120412-GM 1.2 a a a

MA CNMG120404-MA 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a a a s a

C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-MA 0.8 a a a a a a a a a a a a a s a

120412-MA 1.2 a a a a a a a a a a a s a

120416-MA 1.6 a a a a a a

160608-MA 0.8 a a a s a s

160612-MA 1.2 a a a s a a a

160616-MA 1.6 a a a a a

190612-MA 1.2 a a a s s a a a

190616-MA 1.6 a a a a

MH CNMG120404-MH 0.4 a a a a a

C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-MH 0.8 a a a a a a

120412-MH 1.2 a a a a a a a

120416-MH 1.6 a a a a

160608-MH 0.8 a a s

160612-MH 1.2 a a a a a

160616-MH 1.6 a a a

190612-MH 1.2 a a a a a s

190616-MH 1.6 a s a

CNMG090308 0.8 s

C008C009E014E037H006─008

09T304 0.4 a a

09T308 0.8 a s

120404 0.4 a a a a s a a a a a a a

120408 0.8 a a a a a a a s a a a a

120412 1.2 a a a a a a a s s

120416 1.6 a a a a

160608 0.8 a a a a

160612 1.2 a a a a a a

160616 1.6 a a a a a

190608 0.8 a a a a a

190612 1.2 a a a a a s s

190616 1.6 a a a a a s

MW CNMG120408-MW 0.8 a a a a a a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120412-MW 1.2 a a a a a a a

NEW

*

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

WITH HOLE

* Please refer to page A028 before using the MW breaker (wiper insert).

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Standard

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting(Wiper)

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 97: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A096

CNMG 12 04 08- RPCN80°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

RP CNMG120408-RP 0.8 a a a

C008C009E014E037H006─008

120412-RP 1.2 a a a

120416-RP 1.6 a a a

160612-RP 1.2 a a a

160616-RP 1.6 a a a

190612-RP 1.2 a a a

190616-RP 1.6 a a a

RM CNMG120408-RM 0.8 a a a

C008C009E014E037H006─008

120412-RM 1.2 a a a

120416-RM 1.6 a a a

160612-RM 1.2 a a a

160616-RM 1.6 a a a

190612-RM 1.2 a a a

190616-RM 1.6 a a a

RK CNMG120408-RK 0.8 a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120412-RK 1.2 a a

120416-RK 1.6 a a

RS CNMG120408-RS 0.8 a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120412-RS 1.2 a a

GK CNMG120404-GK 0.4 a a C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408-GK 0.8 a a

120412-GK 1.2 a a

GH CNMG120408-GH 0.8 a a a a a a a a

C008C009E014E037H006─008

120412-GH 1.2 a a a a a a a

120416-GH 1.6 a a a a a

160612-GH 1.2 a a a a a a a

160616-GH 1.6 a a a a a

190612-GH 1.2 a a a a s s

190616-GH 1.6 a a a a s a s s

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

P P P M K

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

=

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

FY

SY

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

HX

RP

FH

MP

LP

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SW

MW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

LK

MK

RK

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

WITH HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE Chip Breaker

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (Wiper) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

Page 98: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A097

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

GJ CNMG120408-GJ 0.8 a a a aC008C009E014E037H006─008

120412-GJ 1.2 a a a a

120416-GJ 1.6 a a a s

160612-GJ 1.2 a a a

190612-GJ 1.2 a a a

190616-GJ 1.6 a a a

HZ CNMM120408-HZ 0.8 a a

C008C009E014E037H006─008

120412-HZ 1.2 a a

160612-HZ 1.2 s a

160616-HZ 1.6 s a

190612-HZ 1.2 s a a

190616-HZ 1.6 s a a

190624-HZ 2.4 a

HX CNMM190612-HX 1.2 a a a

C008C009

190616-HX 1.6 a a a a

190624-HX 2.4 a a a

250924-HX 2.4 a a a

HV CNMM190616-HV 1.6 a a a

C008C009

190624-HV 2.4 a a a

250924-HV 2.4 a a a

CNMA120404 0.4 a a a a s a

C008C009E014E037H006─008

120408 0.8 a a a a s a

120412 1.2 a a a a

120416 1.6 a a a a

160612 1.2 a a

160616 1.6 a a

190612 1.2 a a

190616 1.6 a a

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Rough Cutting

Heavy Cutting

Heavy Cutting

Heavy Cutting

Flat Top

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm) WITH HOLE

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 99: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A098

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

FH DNMG150402-FH 0.2 s s s s a C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150404-FH 0.4 a a a a s

150408-FH 0.8 a a a s

150602-FH 0.2 s s s s a

150604-FH 0.4 a s a

150608-FH 0.8 a s a

FS DNMG150404-FS 0.4 a C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408-FS 0.8 s a

150604-FS 0.4 a

150608-FS 0.8 a

FY DNMG150404-FY 0.4 s a a a C010

C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408-FY 0.8 s a s

150604-FY 0.4 a

150608-FY 0.8 a a

FJ DNGG150404-FJ 0.4 a a a C010

C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408-FJ 0.8 a a a

PK DNGG150404-PK 0.4 a C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150604-PK 0.4 a

150608-PK 0.8 a

LP DNMG110404-LP 0.4 a a a a

C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

110408-LP 0.8 a a a a

150404-LP 0.4 a a a a

150408-LP 0.8 a a a a

150412-LP 1.2 a a a a

150604-LP 0.4 a a a a

150608-LP 0.8 a a a a

150612-LP 1.2 a a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

DNMG 15 04 02- FHDN55°P P P M K

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SW

MW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RP

FH

MP

LP

876543210

8765432100.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

FY

SY

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

LK

MK

RK

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE Chip Breaker

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (Wiper) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

WITH HOLE

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Flat Top

Page 100: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A099

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

LM DNMG110404-LM 0.4 a a a

C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

110408-LM 0.8 a a a

150404-LM 0.4 a a a

150408-LM 0.8 a a a

150412-LM 1.2 a a a

150604-LM 0.4 a a a

150608-LM 0.8 a a a

150612-LM 1.2 a a a

LK DNMG150404-LK 0.4 a a C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408-LK 0.8 a a

150604-LK 0.4 a a

150608-LK 0.8 a a

LS DNMG150404-LS 0.4 a a a C010

C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408-LS 0.8 a a a

150604-LS 0.4 a a a

150608-LS 0.8 a a a

SH DNMG110404-SH 0.4 a a a a

C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

110408-SH 0.8 a a a a

150404-SH 0.4 a a a a s a a s

150408-SH 0.8 a a a a s a a s

150412-SH 1.2 a a s s s s s

150604-SH 0.4 a a

150608-SH 0.8 a a a

150612-SH 1.2 a a a a

SA DNMG150404-SA 0.4 a a a a C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408-SA 0.8 a a a a

150412-SA 1.2 a a s s

150604-SA 0.4 a a a a

150608-SA 0.8 a a a a

150612-SA 1.2 a a a s

* SW DNMX110404-SW 0.4 a

C010E014E037E039H009H011

110408-SW 0.8 a

150404-SW 0.4 a a a a a a

150408-SW 0.8 a a a a a a

150412-SW 1.2 a a a a a

150604-SW 0.4 a a a a a a

150608-SW 0.8 a a a a a a

150612-SW 1.2 a a a a a

SY DNMG150404-SY 0.4 a a a C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408-SY 0.8 a a a

150604-SY 0.4 a

150608-SY 0.8 a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

=

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

WITH HOLE

* Please refer to page A028 before using the SW breaker (wiper insert).

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting(Wiper)

Light Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 101: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A100

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

MJ DNMG150404-MJ 0.4 a a a a

C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408-MJ 0.8 a a a a

150412-MJ 1.2 a a a

150416-MJ 1.6 s s a

150604-MJ 0.4 a s a

150608-MJ 0.8 a s a

150612-MJ 1.2 a s a

150616-MJ 1.6 s s a

MJ DNGM150404-MJ 0.4 a a s s C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408-MJ 0.8 a a s s

MP DNMG150404-MP 0.4 a a a a a a

C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408-MP 0.8 a a a a a a

150412-MP 1.2 a a a a a a

150416-MP 1.6 s s s a s

150604-MP 0.4 a a a a a a

150608-MP 0.8 a a a a a a

150612-MP 1.2 a a a a a a

150616-MP 1.6 a a a a a

MM DNMG150408-MM 0.8 a a a C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150412-MM 1.2 a a a

150608-MM 0.8 a a a

150612-MM 1.2 a a a

MK DNMG150404-MK 0.4 a a C010

C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408-MK 0.8 a a

150412-MK 1.2 a a

150604-MK 0.4 a a

150608-MK 0.8 a a

150612-MK 1.2 a a

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

DNMG 15 04 04- MJDN55°P P P M K

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SW

MW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RP

FH

MP

LP

876543210

8765432100.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

FY

SY

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

LK

MK

RK

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE Chip Breaker

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (Wiper) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

WITH HOLE

Flat Top

Page 102: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A101

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

MS DNMG110408-MS 0.8 a a

C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150404-MS 0.4 a s a a s a a a a a a

150408-MS 0.8 a a a s a a a a a a a a

150412-MS 1.2 s a s a a

150604-MS 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a a

150608-MS 0.8 s a a a a a a a s

150612-MS 1.2 s a a a a

GM DNMG150404-GM 0.4 a a a C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408-GM 0.8 a a a

150412-GM 1.2 a a a

150604-GM 0.4 a a a

150608-GM 0.8 a a a

150612-GM 1.2 a a a

MA DNMG110404-MA 0.4 a a

C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

110408-MA 0.8 a a

110412-MA 1.2 a a

150404-MA 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a a a s a

150408-MA 0.8 a a a a a a a a a a a a a s a

150412-MA 1.2 a a a a s a a a s a

150604-MA 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a s a

150608-MA 0.8 a a a a a a a a a a a a a s a

150612-MA 1.2 a a a a a a a a a a s a

150616-MA 1.6 a

MH DNMG150404-MH 0.4 a a a C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408-MH 0.8 a a a s a s

150412-MH 1.2 a a a s s

150604-MH 0.4 a a a s

150608-MH 0.8 a a a a a a

150612-MH 1.2 a a a a a

DNMG110408 0.8 a a a a

C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150404 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a

150408 0.8 a a a a a a s a a a a

150412 1.2 a a s a a a s s

150416 1.6 s

150604 0.4 a a a s a a a

150608 0.8 a a a a s a s a a

150612 1.2 a a a a a a s

150616 1.6 a

MW DNMX150408-MW 0.8 a a a a C010E014E037E039H009H011

150412-MW 1.2 a a a a

150608-MW 0.8 a a a a a

150612-MW 1.2 a a

NEW

*

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

=

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Standard

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting(Wiper)

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

* Please refer to page A028 before using the MW breaker (wiper insert).

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

WITH HOLE

Page 103: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A102

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

R/L DNGG150404R 0.4 a a a s

C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150404L 0.4 a a a a

150408R 0.8 a a a

150408L 0.8 a a

150604R 0.4 a a a

150604L 0.4 a a

150608R 0.8 a a

150608L 0.8 a a

RP DNMG150408-RP 0.8 a a a C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150412-RP 1.2 a a a

150416-RP 1.6 s s s

150608-RP 0.8 a a a

150612-RP 1.2 a a a

150616-RP 1.6 a a a

RM DNMG150408-RM 0.8 a a a C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150412-RM 1.2 a a a

150416-RM 1.6 a a a

150608-RM 0.8 a a a

150612-RM 1.2 a a a

150616-RM 1.6 a a a

RK DNMG150408-RK 0.8 a a C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150412-RK 1.2 a a

150608-RK 0.8 a a

150612-RK 1.2 a a

RS DNMG150408-RS 0.8 a a C010

C011E014E037─039H009─011

150412-RS 1.2 a a

150608-RS 0.8 a a

150612-RS 1.2 a a

GK DNMG150404-GK 0.4 a a C010

C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408-GK 0.8 a a

150412-GK 1.2 a a

150604-GK 0.4 a a

150608-GK 0.8 a a

150612-GK 1.2 a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

DNGG 15 04 04- RDN55°P P P M K

=

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SW

MW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RP

FH

MP

LP

876543210

8765432100.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

FY

SY

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

LK

MK

RK

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Medium Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE Chip Breaker

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (Wiper) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

WITH HOLE

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Flat Top

Page 104: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A103

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

GH DNMG150408-GH 0.8 a a a a a a C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150412-GH 1.2 a a a a a a a

150608-GH 0.8 a a a a a a a

150612-GH 1.2 a a a a a a

GJ DNMG150408-GJ 0.8 s a a s C010

C011E014E037─039H009─011

150412-GJ 1.2 s a a s

150416-GJ 1.6 s a s a

150608-GJ 0.8 a a

150612-GJ 1.2 a a

150616-GJ 1.6 a a

HZ DNMM150408-HZ 0.8 s C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150412-HZ 1.2 a

150608-HZ 0.8 s a

150612-HZ 1.2 s a

DNMA150404 0.4 a a s s a

C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408 0.8 a a a a s s s

150412 1.2 a a a a

150604 0.4 a a

150608 0.8 a a a a

150612 1.2 a a a a

DNGA150404 0.4 a C010C011E014E037─039H009─011

150408 0.8 s a

150604 0.4 a

150608 0.8 a

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Heavy Cutting

Flat Top

Flat Top

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm) WITH HOLE

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 105: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A104

RNMG 12 04 00RN

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

RNMG120400 - s a

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

P P M876543210

8765432100.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Standard

Medium Cutting

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALS Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Mild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Standard Standard Standard

Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

WITH HOLE

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Page 106: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A105

SNMG 09 03 04- FHSN90°P P M K

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

FH SNMG090304-FH 0.4 s

C012─015E015E036

090308-FH 0.8 s

120404-FH 0.4 s a a

120408-FH 0.8 s a

FS SNMG120408-FS 0.8 a

C012─015E015E036

LP SNMG120404-LP 0.4 a a a a

C012─015E015E036

120408-LP 0.8 a a a a

120412-LP 1.2 a a a

LM SNMG120404-LM 0.4 a a a

C012─015E015E036

120408-LM 0.8 a a a

LK SNMG120408-LK 0.8 a a

C012─015E015E036

SH SNMG120404-SH 0.4 a a

C012─015E015E036

120408-SH 0.8 a a a a a

120412-SH 1.2 s s a

SA SNMG120404-SA 0.4 a s

C012─015E015E036

120408-SA 0.8 a a a a

120412-SA 1.2 a a s

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

HX

RP

FH

MP

LP

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SY

HZ

LK

MK

RK

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

WITH HOLE

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE Chip Breaker

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Flat Top

Page 107: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A106

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

SY SNMG120408-SY 0.8 a a

C012─015E015E036

R/L-1G SNMG120404R-1G 0.4 s

C012─015E015E036

120404L-1G 0.4 s

120408R-1G 0.8 s

MP SNMG120404-MP 0.4 a a a a a a

C012─015E015E036

120408-MP 0.8 a a a a a a

120412-MP 1.2 a a a a a a

MM SNMG120408-MM 0.8 a a a

C012─015E015E036

120412-MM 1.2 a a a

120416-MM 1.6 a a a

150608-MM 0.8 a a a

150612-MM 1.2 a a a

150616-MM 1.6 a a a

190612-MM 1.2 a a a

190616-MM 1.6 a a a

MK SNMG120408-MK 0.8 a a

C012─015E015E036

120412-MK 1.2 a a

MS SNMG090304-MS 0.4 s

C012─015E015E036

090308-MS 0.8 s

120404-MS 0.4 s s a a a a

120408-MS 0.8 a s a a a a a a a a a a a a

120412-MS 1.2 s a a a a a s

120416-MS 1.6 s

190616-MS 1.6 a

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

SN90°P P M K

=

SNMG 12 04 08- SY

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

HX

RP

FH

MP

LP

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SY

HZ

LK

MK

RK

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

WITH HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Chip Breaker

Flat Top

Page 108: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A107

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

GM SNMG120404-GM 0.4 a a a

C012─015E015E036

120408-GM 0.8 a a a

120412-GM 1.2 a a a

MA SNMG120404-MA 0.4 a a a a a a a a a s s s

C012─015E015E036

120408-MA 0.8 a a a a a a a a a a a a a s a

120412-MA 1.2 a a a a a a a a a a s a

120416-MA 1.6 a a

150608-MA 0.8 a a a s a

150612-MA 1.2 a a a s a a

150616-MA 1.6 a

190612-MA 1.2 a a a a a

190616-MA 1.6 a a a s a

MH SNMG120408-MH 0.8 a a a a a

C012─015E015E036

120412-MH 1.2 a a a a a

190612-MH 1.2 a a a s

190616-MH 1.6 a a a

SNMG090304 0.4 s a a a s s a a

C012─015E015E036

090308 0.8 s a a a s s a a s s

120404 0.4 a a a a a a a

120408 0.8 a a a a a a a a s a a a a s a

120412 1.2 a a a a a a a a s s

120416 1.6 a a a a a a s a

120420 2.0 s a

150612 1.2 a a a a a a s s

190612 1.2 a a a a s s s s

190616 1.6 a a a a a a s s

R/L SNGG090304R 0.4 s a s s

C012─015E015E036

090304L 0.4 s a s

090308R 0.8 s a

090308L 0.8 s a

120404R 0.4 s a a s

120404L 0.4 s a a s

120408R 0.8 s a a

120408L 0.8 s a a s s

RP SNMG120408-RP 0.8 a a a

C012─015E015E036

120412-RP 1.2 a a a

120416-RP 1.6 a a a

150612-RP 1.2 a a a

150616-RP 1.6 a a a

190612-RP 1.2 a a a

190616-RP 1.6 a a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

WITH HOLE

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Standard

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Rough Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 109: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A108

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

RM SNMG120408-RM 0.8 a a a

C012─015E015E036

120412-RM 1.2 a a a

120416-RM 1.6 a a a

150612-RM 1.2 a a a

150616-RM 1.6 a a a

190612-RM 1.2 a a a

190616-RM 1.6 a a a

RK SNMG120408-RK 0.8 a a

C012─015E015E036

120412-RK 1.2 a a

120416-RK 1.6 a a

RS SNMG120408-RS 0.8 a a

C012─015E015E036

120412-RS 1.2 a a

GK SNMG120404-GK 0.4 a a

C012─015E015E036

120408-GK 0.8 a a

120412-GK 1.2 a a

GH SNMG120408-GH 0.8 a a a a a a a

C012─015E015E036

120412-GH 1.2 a a a a a a a

120416-GH 1.6 a a a a

150612-GH 1.2 a a a

150616-GH 1.6 a a

190612-GH 1.2 a a a a a

190616-GH 1.6 a s a a s a

HZ SNMM120408-HZ 0.8 s a

C012─015E015E036

120412-HZ 1.2 s a

150612-HZ 1.2 s a

190612-HZ 1.2 s a a

190616-HZ 1.6 a a a

190624-HZ 2.4 a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

SNMG 12 04 08- RMSN90°P P M K

=

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

HX

RP

FH

MP

LP

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SY

HZ

LK

MK

RK

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Heavy Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE Chip Breaker

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

WITH HOLE

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Flat Top

Page 110: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A109

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

HX SNMM190612-HX 1.2 a a a

C012C014

190616-HX 1.6 a a a a

190624-HX 2.4 a a a

250724-HX 2.4 a a a

250924-HX 2.4 a a a

HV SNMM190616-HV 1.6 a a a

C012C014

190624-HV 2.4 a a a

250724-HV 2.4 a a a

250924-HV 2.4 a a a

HXD SNMM190612-HXD 1.2 a

C012C014

250724-HXD 2.4 a

SNMA090304 0.4 a

C012─015E015E036

090308 0.8 s s a

120408 0.8 a a a a a s a

120412 1.2 a a a a a

120416 1.6 a a a a

190612 1.2 a a

190616 1.6 a a

SNGA090304 0.4 s

C012─015E015E036

120404 0.4 a

120408 0.8 s s a

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Heavy Cutting

Heavy Cutting

Heavy Cutting

Flat Top

Flat Top

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm) WITH HOLE

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 111: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A110

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

FH TNMG110304-FH 0.4 s

C016─018E015E036

160402-FH 0.2 s s s s a

160404-FH 0.4 a a a a s

160408-FH 0.8 a s a a a s

FS TNMG160404-FS 0.4 s a

C016─018E015E036

160408-FS 0.8 s a

FY TNMG160404-FY 0.4 a a a a

C016─018E015E036

160408-FY 0.8 a a a

PK TNGG160404-PK 0.4 a

C016─018E015E036

160408-PK 0.8 a

R/L-FS TNGG160402R-FS 0.2 s

C016─018E015E036

160402L-FS 0.2 s

160404R-FS 0.4 s

160404L-FS 0.4 s

R/L-F TNGG160402R-F 0.2 a s a a

C016─018E015E036

160402L-F 0.2 a s a a

160404R-F 0.4 a s a a

160404L-F 0.4 a s a a

160408R-F 0.8 a s s a

160408L-F 0.8 a s s a

LP TNMG160404-LP 0.4 a a a a

C016─018E015E036

160408-LP 0.8 a a a a

160412-LP 1.2 a a a a

220408-LP 0.8 a a a a

220412-LP 1.2 a a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

TN60°P P P M K

TNMG 11 03 04- FH

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

876543210

876543210

8765432100.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

FY

SWSY

MW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RP

FH

MP

LP

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

LK

MK

RK

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE Chip Breaker

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (Wiper) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

WITH HOLE

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Flat Top

Page 112: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A111

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

LM TNMG160404-LM 0.4 a a a

C016─018E015E036

160408-LM 0.8 a a a

160412-LM 1.2 a a a

LK TNMG160404-LK 0.4 a a

C016─018E015E036

160408-LK 0.8 a a

LS TNMG160404-LS 0.4 a a a

C016─018E015E036

160408-LS 0.8 a a a

SH TNMG160404-SH 0.4 a a a a a a a s

C016─018E015E036

160408-SH 0.8 a a a a a a a s

220408-SH 0.8 a s a

SA TNMG160404-SA 0.4 a a a a

C016─018E015E036

160408-SA 0.8 a a a a

160412-SA 1.2 a a a a a s

220408-SA 0.8 a a a

220412-SA 1.2 a

SW TNMX160404-SW 0.4 a a a a a a

C016 160408-SW 0.8 a a a a a a

SY TNMG160404-SY 0.4 a a a a

C016─018E015E036

160408-SY 0.8 a a a

R/L-1G TNMG160404R-1G 0.4 a

C016─018E015E036

160404L-1G 0.4 s

220404R-1G 0.4 s

220404L-1G 0.4 s

NEW

NEW

NEW

*

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

=

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

WITH HOLE

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting(Wiper)

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

* Please refer to page A028 before using the SW breaker (wiper insert).

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 113: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A112

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

R/L-K TNGG160402R-K 0.2 s s a

C016─018E015E036

160402L-K 0.2 s s a

160404R-K 0.4 s s a

160404L-K 0.4 s a

160408R-K 0.8 a

160408L-K 0.8 a

MJ TNMG160404-MJ 0.4 a a a a

C016─018E015E036

160408-MJ 0.8 a a a a

160412-MJ 1.2 a s a

MP TNMG160404-MP 0.4 a a a a a a

C016─018E015E036

160408-MP 0.8 a a a a a a

160412-MP 1.2 a a a a a a

220408-MP 0.8 a a a a a

220412-MP 1.2 a a a a a

MM TNMG160408-MM 0.8 a a a

C016─018E015E036

160412-MM 1.2 a a a

220408-MM 0.8 a a a

220412-MM 1.2 a a a

220416-MM 1.6 a a a

MK TNMG160404-MK 0.4 a a

C016─018E015E036

160408-MK 0.8 a a

160412-MK 1.2 a a

MS TNMG160404-MS 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a a

C016─018E015E036

160408-MS 0.8 s s a a a a a a a a a a s a

160412-MS 1.2 s a a a a

220408-MS 0.8 s a a a s a a a

220412-MS 1.2 a

GM TNMG160404-GM 0.4 a a a

C016─018E015E036

160408-GM 0.8 a a a

160412-GM 1.2 a a a

220408-GM 0.8 a a a

220412-GM 1.2 a a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TNGG 16 04 02 R-KTN60°P P P M K

=

876543210

876543210

8765432100.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

FY

SWSY

MW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RP

FH

MP

LP

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

LK

MK

RK

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

WITH HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE Chip Breaker

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (Wiper) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Flat Top

Page 114: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A113

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

MA TNMG160404-MA 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a a a s a

C016─018E015E036

160408-MA 0.8 a a a a a a a a a a a a a s a

160412-MA 1.2 a a a a a a a a a s a

220408-MA 0.8 a a a a a a a a a a a s

220412-MA 1.2 a a a a a a a s a a s

160416-MA 1.6 a

220416-MA 1.6 a a

270608-MA 0.8 a s a a

270612-MA 1.2 a s a a

MH TNMG160404-MH 0.4 a a a a s

C016─018E015E036

160408-MH 0.8 a a a a a a

160412-MH 1.2 a a a a a

220408-MH 0.8 a a a s a s

220412-MH 1.2 a a a s s

TNMG110304 0.4 a a a s s

C016─018E015E036

110308 0.8 s a a

160304 0.4 s s

160308 0.8 s a a s

160404 0.4 a a a a a a s a a a a s s

160408 0.8 a a a a s a a a s a a a a s a

160412 1.2 a a a a a a a

160416 1.6 a s s

220404 0.4 a a a a s s

220408 0.8 a a a a s a s s a

220412 1.2 a a a a a a

220416 1.6 a a a

270608 0.8 s

270612 1.2 s a a

270616 1.6 s s

330924 2.4 s

MW TNMX160408-MW 0.8 a a a a

C016 160412-MW 1.2 a a a a a

R/L-ES TNMG160404R-ES 0.4 a a

C016─018E015E036

160404L-ES 0.4 a a

160408R-ES 0.8 a a

160408L-ES 0.8 a a

220408R-ES 0.8 a

220408L-ES 0.8 a

*

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

WITH HOLE

* Please refer to page A028 before using the MW breaker (wiper insert).

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Standard

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting(Wiper)

Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 115: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A114

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

R/L-2G TNMG160404R-2G 0.4 s

C016─018E015E036

160404L-2G 0.4 s

160408R-2G 0.8 s

160408L-2G 0.8 s

R/L TNGG110302R 0.2 s

C016─018E015E036

110302L 0.2 s s

110304R 0.4 s s

110304L 0.4 s s

110308R 0.8 s

110308L 0.8 s s

160304R 0.4 s s s

160304L 0.4 s s

160402R 0.2 s s a s s

160402L 0.2 s s a

160404R 0.4 a a a a s a

160404L 0.4 a a a a a

160408R 0.8 a a a a s a

160408L 0.8 a a a a s a

220404R 0.4 s s a

220404L 0.4 s s a

220408R 0.8 s s a

220408L 0.8 s s a

RP TNMG160408-RP 0.8 a a a

C016─018E015E036

160412-RP 1.2 a a a

220408-RP 0.8 a a a

220412-RP 1.2 a a a

220416-RP 1.6 a a a

270612-RP 1.2 s s s

270616-RP 1.6 s s s

RM TNMG160408-RM 0.8 a a a

C016─018E015E036

160412-RM 1.2 a a a

220408-RM 0.8 a a a

220412-RM 1.2 a a a

220416-RM 1.6 a a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TNMG 16 04 04 R-2GTN60°P P P M K

876543210

876543210

8765432100.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

FY

SWSY

MW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RP

FH

MP

LP

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

LK

MK

RK

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

WITH HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE Chip Breaker

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (Wiper) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Flat Top

Page 116: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A115

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

RK TNMG160408-RK 0.8 a a

C016─018E015E036

160412-RK 1.2 a a

160416-RK 1.6 a a

220408-RK 0.8 a a

220412-RK 1.2 a a

220416-RK 1.6 a a

RS TNMG160408-RS 0.8 a a

C016─018E015E036

160412-RS 1.2 a a

GK TNMG160404-GK 0.4 a a

C016─018E015E036

160408-GK 0.8 a a

160412-GK 1.2 a a

GH TNMG160408-GH 0.8 a a a a a a a

C016─018E015E036

160412-GH 1.2 a a a

220408-GH 0.8 a a a a a

220412-GH 1.2 a a a a a a

220416-GH 1.6 a a

270612-GH 1.2 a s s a

270616-GH 1.6 a s

HZ TNMM160408-HZ 0.8 s a

C016─018E015E036

160412-HZ 1.2 a

220408-HZ 0.8 s a

220412-HZ 1.2 s a

220416-HZ 1.6 s a

TNMA160404 0.4 a a a a s a

C016─018E015E036

160408 0.8 a a a a a s a

160412 1.2 a a a a

160416 1.6 a a a

220404 0.4 s

220408 0.8 a a a a s a a

220412 1.2 a a a a

220416 1.6 a a a a s

TNGA110304 0.4 s

C016─018E015E036

110308 0.8 s s

160402 0.2 s a

160404 0.4 s s

160408 0.8 s

220404 0.4 a

220408 0.8 s

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

=

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

WITH HOLE

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Heavy Cutting

Flat Top

Flat Top

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 117: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A116

VNMG 16 04 02- FHVN35°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

FH VNMG160402-FH 0.2 s s s s a

C019─021E016

160404-FH 0.4 s s a a s

160408-FH 0.8 s s a a a s

FS VNMG160404-FS 0.4 s a

C019─021E016

160408-FS 0.8 s a

FJ VNGG1604V5-FJ 0.05 a a

C019─021E016

160401-FJ 0.1 a a

160402-FJ 0.2 a a

R/L-F VNGG160402R-F 0.2 s s s a

C019─021E016

160402L-F 0.2 s s s a

160404R-F 0.4 s s s a

160404L-F 0.4 s s s a

LP VNMG160404-LP 0.4 a a a a

C019─021E016

160408-LP 0.8 a a a a

LM VNMG160404-LM 0.4 a a a

C019─021E016

160408-LM 0.8 a a a

LK VNMG160404-LK 0.4 a a

C019─021E016

160408-LK 0.8 a a

NEW

NEW

P P M K

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

876543210

8765432100.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

FH

MP

LP

MM

LMFS

LK

MK

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE Chip Breaker

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

WITH HOLE

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Flat Top

Page 118: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A117

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

LS VNMG160404-LS 0.4 a a a

C019─021E016

160408-LS 0.8 a a a

SH VNMG160404-SH 0.4 a s a a a a

C019─021E016

160408-SH 0.8 a s a a a s

MJ VNMG160404-MJ 0.4 a a a a

C019─021E016

160408-MJ 0.8 a a a a

160412-MJ 1.2 a s s

MJ VNGM160404-MJ 0.4 a a

C019─021E016

160408-MJ 0.8 a a

MP VNMG160404-MP 0.4 a a a a a a

C019─021E016

160408-MP 0.8 a a a a a a

160412-MP 1.2 s s s a s

MM VNMG160408-MM 0.8 a a a

C019─021E016

MK VNMG160404-MK 0.4 a a

C019─021E016

160408-MK 0.8 a a

160412-MK 1.2 a a

MS VNMG160404-MS 0.4 s a a a a a a a a a

C019─021E016

160408-MS 0.8 s a a a a a a a a s a

GM VNMG160404-GM 0.4 a a a

C019─021E016

160408-GM 0.8 a a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

=

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

WITH HOLE

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 119: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A118

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

MA VNMG160404-MA 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a a a s

C019─021E016

160408-MA 0.8 a a a a s a a a a a a a a s

MH VNMG160404-MH 0.4 a a a a

C019─021E016

160408-MH 0.8 a a a a a

VNMG160404 0.4 a a a a a a s a a a a a

C019─021E016

160408 0.8 a a a a a a s a a a a a

160412 1.2 a a a s s s

R/L VNGG160404R 0.4 s a a a

C019─021E016

160404L 0.4 s a s

GK VNMG160404-GK 0.4 a a

C019─021E016

160408-GK 0.8 a a

VNGA160404 0.4 s a

C019─021E016

160408 0.8 s a

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

VNMG 16 04 04- GKVN35°P P M K

876543210

8765432100.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

FH

MP

LP

MM

LMFS

LK

MK

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Standard

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Rough Cutting

Flat Top

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

WITH HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE Chip Breaker

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

Page 120: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A119

WNMG 08 04 04- FHWN80°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

FH WNMG080404-FH 0.4 s a a

C022C023E016E040

080408-FH 0.8 s a a s

FS WNMG080404-FS 0.4 s s

C022C023E016E040

080408-FS 0.8 s a

FY WNMG080404-FY 0.4 a

C022C023E016E040

080408-FY 0.8 a a a

LP WNMG060404-LP 0.4 a a a a

C022C023E016E038E040

060408-LP 0.8 a a a a

06T304-LP 0.4 a a a a

06T308-LP 0.8 a a a a

080404-LP 0.4 a a a a

080408-LP 0.8 a a a a

080412-LP 1.2 a a a

LM WNMG060404-LM 0.4 a a a

C022C023E016E040

060408-LM 0.8 a a a

080404-LM 0.4 a a a

080408-LM 0.8 a a a

LK WNMG080404-LK 0.4 a a

C022C023E016E040

080408-LK 0.8 a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

P P P M K

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

876543210

8765432100.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

FY

SY

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RP

FH

MP

LP

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SW

MW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

LK

MK

RK

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE Chip Breaker

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (Wiper)

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

WITH HOLE

Flat Top

Page 121: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A120

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

LS WNMG080404-LS 0.4 a a a

C022C023E016E040

080408-LS 0.8 a a a

SH WNMG06T304-SH 0.4 a a a

C022C023E016E038E040

06T308-SH 0.8 a a a

060404-SH 0.4 a a a

060408-SH 0.8 a a a

080404-SH 0.4 a s a a a

080408-SH 0.8 a a a a a a

080412-SH 1.2 a a s a a

SA WNMG080404-SA 0.4 a s a a

C022C023E016E040

080408-SA 0.8 a a a a

080412-SA 1.2 a a a s

SW WNMG060404-SW 0.4 a a s a a

C022C023E016E040

060408-SW 0.8 a a a a a

080404-SW 0.4 a a a s a a a

080408-SW 0.8 a a a a a a a

080412-SW 1.2 a a a a a a

SY WNMG080404-SY 0.4 a

C022C023E016E040

080408-SY 0.8 a a a a

MJ WNMG080408-MJ 0.8 a a a

C022C023E016E040

080412-MJ 1.2 a s a

080416-MJ 1.6 a a a

NEW

*

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

WNMG 08 04 04- LSWN80°P P P M K

=

876543210

8765432100.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

FY

SY

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RP

FH

MP

LP

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SW

MW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

LK

MK

RK

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

* Please refer to page A028 before using the SW breaker (wiper insert).

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting(Wiper)

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

WITH HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALS

Chip Breaker

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Mild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (Wiper)

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Flat Top

Page 122: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A121

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

MP WNMG06T304-MP 0.4 a a a a a

C022C023E016E038E040

06T308-MP 0.8 a a a a a

06T312-MP 1.2 a a a a a

060404-MP 0.4 a a a a a

060408-MP 0.8 a a a a a

060412-MP 1.2 a a a a a

080404-MP 0.4 a a a a a a

080408-MP 0.8 a a a a a a

080412-MP 1.2 a a a a a a

080416-MP 1.6 a a a a a

MM WNMG060408-MM 0.8 a a a

C022C023E016E040

060412-MM 1.2 a a a

080408-MM 0.8 a a a

080412-MM 1.2 a a a

MK WNMG080404-MK 0.4 a a

C022C023E016E040

080408-MK 0.8 a a

080412-MK 1.2 a a

MS WNMG06T304-MS 0.4 a s a

C022C023E016E038E040

06T308-MS 0.8 a s a

060404-MS 0.4 s a a

060408-MS 0.8 s a a

080404-MS 0.4 a s a a a a a

080408-MS 0.8 a s a a a a a a a a a a

080412-MS 1.2 s a a a a a

GM WNMG060404-GM 0.4 a a a

C022C023E016E040

060408-GM 0.8 a a a

080404-GM 0.4 a a a

080408-GM 0.8 a a a

080412-GM 1.2 a a a

MA WNMG06T304-MA 0.4 a a a

C022C023E016E038E040

06T308-MA 0.8 a a a a

06T312-MA 1.2 a a a s

060404-MA 0.4 a a a

060408-MA 0.8 a a a a a a s

060412-MA 1.2 a a a a a a s

080404-MA 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a a s a

080408-MA 0.8 a a a a a a a a a a a a a s a

080412-MA 1.2 a a a a a a a a a a a s a

080416-MA 1.6 a a a a

100612-MA 1.2 s

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

=

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

WITH HOLE

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 123: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A122

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

MH WNMG080404-MH 0.4 a a a

C022C023E016E040

080408-MH 0.8 a a a a a a

080412-MH 1.2 a a a a a

WNMG080404 0.4 a a a a a a a a

C022C023E016E040

080408 0.8 a a a a a a s a a a

080412 1.2 a a a a a a a s s

080416 1.6 a

MW WNMG060408-MW 0.8 a a a a a a

C022C023E016E040

060412-MW 1.2 a a a a

080408-MW 0.8 a a a a a a a

080412-MW 1.2 a a a a a

RP WNMG080408-RP 0.8 a a a

C022C023E016E040

080412-RP 1.2 a a a

RM WNMG060408-RM 0.8 a a a

C022C023E016E040

060412-RM 1.2 a a a

080408-RM 0.8 a a a

080412-RM 1.2 a a a

RK WNMG080408-RK 0.8 a a

C022C023E016E040

080412-RK 1.2 a a

080416-RK 1.6 a a

RS WNMG080408-RS 0.8 a a

C022C023E016E040

080412-RS 1.2 a a

*

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

WN80°P P P M K

=

WNMG 08 04 04- MH

876543210

8765432100.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

FY

SY

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RP

FH

MP

LP

RM

MM

LM

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

SW

MW

876543210 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

LK

MK

RK

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Medium Cutting

Standard

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting(Wiper)

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

WITH HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALS Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting Rough Cutting Heavy Cutting

Mild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB) Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (Wiper)

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Chip Breaker

* Please refer to page А028 before using the MW breaker (wiper insert).

Flat Top

Page 124: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A123

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

GK WNMG080404-GK 0.4 a a

C022C023E016E040

080408-GK 0.8 a a

080412-GK 1.2 a a

GH WNMG080408-GH 0.8 a a a a a a a a

C022C023E016E040

080412-GH 1.2 a a a a a a

GJ WNMG080408-GJ 0.8 a a a

C022C023E016E040

080412-GJ 1.2 a a a

080416-GJ 1.6 s a a

100612-GJ 1.2 a a

WNMA080404 0.4 a a a a a

C022C023E016E040

080408 0.8 a a a a a

080412 1.2 a a a a a

080416 1.6 a a a

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

WITH HOLE

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Flat Top

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP BREAKERS A042GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 125: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A124

KNUX 16 04 05 R-M1KN55°P P M

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

R/L-M1 KNUX160405R-M1 0.5 a a a

─ 160405L-M1 0.5 a a a

160410R-M1 1.0 a a

160410L-M1 1.0 a a

R/L-M2 KNUX160410R-M2 1.0 a

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

876543210

876543210

8765432100.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

R/L R/L R/L

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.Chip Breaker

TYPE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Rough Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

WITHOUT HOLE

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Page 126: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A125

SNMN 12 04 08SN90°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

SNMN120408 0.8 a a s a a

─ 120412 1.2 a a s a

120416 1.6 a a

190412 1.2 a

SNGN090308 0.8 a

─ 120404 0.4 a s

120408 0.8 s

K

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

876543210

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

NEG

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

WITHOUT HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSCast Iron (<350MPa)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

Flat Top

Flat Top

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Heavy Cutting

CHIP BREAKERS A068GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 127: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A126

TNMN 16 03 08TN60°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UE6

035

UH

6400

MC

7015

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

MP9

005

MP9

015

MT9

015

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

UTi

20T

HTi

05T

HTi

10R

T901

0

TNMN160308 0.8 s

160408 0.8 a a s

160412 1.2 a a

160416 1.6 a a

160420 2.0 s

220408 0.8 a

220412 1.2 a

TNGN110304 0.4 a a

─ 110308 0.8 a

160404 0.4 a

160408 0.8 s

K

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

876543210

TURNING INSERTS [NEGATIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

NEG

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.D

epth

of C

ut ( m

m)

Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

TYPE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSCast Iron (<350MPa)

Flat Top

Flat Top

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Heavy Cutting

WITHOUT HOLE

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.CHIP BREAKERS A068

Page 128: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A127

CCMT 06 02 02- FPCC80°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

FP CCMT060202-FP 0.2 a a a aC024D008E007E031E035

060204-FP 0.4 a a a a

09T302-FP 0.2 a a a a

09T304-FP 0.4 a a a a

09T308-FP 0.8 a a a a

FM CCMT060202-FM 0.2 sC024D008E007E031E035

060204-FM 0.4 s

09T302-FM 0.2 s

09T304-FM 0.4 s

09T308-FM 0.8 s

FV CCMT060202-FV 0.2 a a a a a a aC024D008E007E031E035

060204-FV 0.4 a a a a a a a

09T302-FV 0.2 a a a a a

09T304-FV 0.4 a a a a a a

09T308-FV 0.8 a a a a a a

FJ CCGT0602V5-FJ 0.05 s

C024D008E007E031E035

060201-FJ 0.1 s

09T3V5-FJ 0.05 s

09T301-FJ 0.1 a a

09T302-FJ 0.2 a a

09T304-FJ 0.4 a a

AZ CCGT060202-AZ 0.2 a

C024D008E007E031E035

060204-AZ 0.4 a

09T302-AZ 0.2 a

09T304-AZ 0.4 a

09T308-AZ 0.8 a

120402-AZ 0.2 a

120404-AZ 0.4 a

120408-AZ 0.8 a

NEW

NEW

P P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

K4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MMMPMP

LMLPLP

FMFPFP

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MK

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Medium ─Finish Cutting

POSI 7 °WITH HOLE

CHIP BREAKERS A056GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Heavy Cutting

Page 129: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A128

CCGT 03 S1 V3 L-FCC80°P P M

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

L-F CCGT03S1V3L-F 0.03 a a

E017

03S101L-F 0.1 a a

03S102L-F 0.2 a a a

03S104L-F 0.4 a a a

04T0V3L-F 0.03 a s

04T001L-F 0.1 a a

04T002L-F 0.2 a a a

04T004L-F 0.4 a a a

R/L-F CCGH060202R-F 0.2 a s s sC024D008E007E031E035

060202L-F 0.2 a s s s

060204R-F 0.4 a s s s

060204L-F 0.4 a s s s

LP CCMT060204-LP 0.4 a a a a

C024D008E007E031E035

060208-LP 0.8 a a a a

09T304-LP 0.4 a a a a

09T308-LP 0.8 a a a a

LM CCMT060204-LM 0.4 a a a

C024D008E007E031E035

060208-LM 0.8 a a a

09T304-LM 0.4 a a a

09T308-LM 0.8 a a a

SV CCMH060202-SV 0.2 a a a a a a a a

C024D008E007E031E035

060204-SV 0.4 a a a a a a a a

SW CCMT060202-SW 0.2 a a a a a sC024D008E007E031E035

060204-SW 0.4 a a a a a a s

09T302-SW 0.2 a a a s a a s

09T304-SW 0.4 a a a a a a s

NEW

NEW

*

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

K4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MMMPMP

LMLPLP

FMFPFP

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MK

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 7 °

WITH HOLE

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

* Please refer to page A028 before using the SW breaker (wiper insert).

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting(Wiper)

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Heavy Cutting

Page 130: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A129

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

R/L-SS CCGT0602V3R-SS 0.03 s

C024D008E007E031E035

0602V3L-SS 0.03 s

060201R-SS 0.1 s

060201L-SS 0.1 s

060202R-SS 0.2 s

060202L-SS 0.2 s

09T3V3R-SS 0.03 s

09T3V3L-SS 0.03 s

09T301R-SS 0.1 s

09T301L-SS 0.1 s

09T302R-SS 0.2 s

09T302L-SS 0.2 s

MP CCMT060204-MP 0.4 a a a a

C024D008E007E031E035

060208-MP 0.8 a a a a

09T304-MP 0.4 a a a a

09T308-MP 0.8 a a a a

120404-MP 0.4 a a a a

120408-MP 0.8 a a a a

120412-MP 1.2 a a a a

MM CCMT060204-MM 0.4 a a a

C024D008E007E031E035

060208-MM 0.8 a a a

09T304-MM 0.4 a a a

09T308-MM 0.8 a a a

120404-MM 0.4 a a a

120408-MM 0.8 a a a

120412-MM 1.2 a a a

MK CCMT060204-MK 0.4 a a

C024D008E007E031E035

060208-MK 0.8 a a

09T304-MK 0.4 a a

09T308-MK 0.8 a a

120404-MK 0.4 a a

120408-MK 0.8 a a

CCMT060202 0.2 a a a a a a s a

C024D008E007E031E035

060204 0.4 a a a a a s a a a s a

060208 0.8 a a a a s s a

080302 0.2 a

080304 0.4 a a a a a s a

080308 0.8 a a a

09T302 0.2 a a a a a a s

09T304 0.4 a a a a a a s a a a s a

09T308 0.8 a a a a a a s a a a s a

120404 0.4 s a a a a a s a a a s a

120408 0.8 s a a a a a s a a a a

120412 1.2 a a a a s

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Standard

Medium Cutting

POSI 7 °WITH HOLE

CHIP BREAKERS A056GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 131: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A130

CCMH 06 02 02- MVCC80°P P M

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

MV CCMH060202-MV 0.2 a a a a a a a a a sC024D008E007E031E035

060204-MV 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a

MW CCMT060204-MW 0.4 a a a a s

C024D008E007E031E035

060208-MW 0.8 a a a a a s

09T304-MW 0.4 a a a a a s

09T308-MW 0.8 a a a a a s

120404-MW 0.4 a a a s a s

120408-MW 0.8 a a a a a s

R/L-SR CCET0602V3R-SR 0.03 s s s

C024D008E007E031E035

0602V3L-SR 0.03 s s s

060201R-SR 0.1 s s s

060201L-SR 0.1 s s s

060202R-SR 0.2 s s s

060202L-SR 0.2 s s s

060204R-SR 0.4 s s s

060204L-SR 0.4 s s s

09T3V3R-SR 0.03 s s s

09T3V3L-SR 0.03 s s s

09T301R-SR 0.1 s s s

09T301L-SR 0.1 s s s

09T302R-SR 0.2 s s s

09T302L-SR 0.2 s s s

09T304R-SR 0.4 s s s

09T304L-SR 0.4 s s s

R/L-SN CCET060200R-SN 0 s s s

C024D008E007E031E035

060200L-SN 0 s s s

0602V3R-SN 0.03 s s s

0602V3L-SN 0.03 s s s

060201R-SN 0.1 s s s

060201L-SN 0.1 s s s

060202R-SN 0.2 s s s

060202L-SN 0.2 s s s

*

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

K4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MMMPMP

LMLPLP

FMFPFP

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MK

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 7 °

WITH HOLE

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

* Please refer to page A028 before using the MW breaker (wiper insert).

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting(Wiper)

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Heavy Cutting

Page 132: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A131

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

R/L-SN CCET060204R-SN 0.4 s s s

C024D008E007E031E035

060204L-SN 0.4 s s s

09T300R-SN 0 s s s

09T300L-SN 0 s s s

09T3V3R-SN 0.03 s s s

09T3V3L-SN 0.03 s s s

09T301R-SN 0.1 s s s

CCET09T301L-SN 0.1 s s s

09T302R-SN 0.2 s s s

09T302L-SN 0.2 s s s

09T304R-SN 0.4 s s s

09T304L-SN 0.4 s s s

R/L-SN CCGT0602V3R-SN 0.03 s

C024D008E007E031E035

060201R-SN 0.1 s

060201L-SN 0.1 s

060202R-SN 0.2 s

060202L-SN 0.2 s

09T3V3R-SN 0.03 s

09T3V3L-SN 0.03 s

09T301R-SN 0.1 s

09T301L-SN 0.1 s

09T302R-SN 0.2 s

09T302L-SN 0.2 s

09T304R-SN 0.4 s

09T304L-SN 0.4 s

R/LW-SN CCET0602V3RW-SN 0.03 sC024D008E007E031E035

0602V3LW-SN 0.03 s

09T3V3RW-SN 0.03 s

09T3V3LW-SN 0.03 s

SMG CCGT060202M-SMG 0.2 a

C024D008E007E031E035

060204M-SMG 0.4 a

CCMW060202 0.2 a

C024D008E007E031E035

060204 0.4 a a a a a a a

09T304 0.4 a a a a a a

09T308 0.8 a a a a a a

120404 0.4 a a a a a a

120408 0.8 a a a a a a

120412 1.2 a

*

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

* Please refer to page A028 before using the R/LW-SN breaker (wiper insert).

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting(Wiper)

Medium Cutting

Flat Top

POSI 7 °WITH HOLE

CHIP BREAKERS A056GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 133: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A132

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

CCGW060200 0 aC024D008E007E031E035

0602V5 0.05 a

09T300 0 a

09T3V5 0.05 a

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

CCGW 06 02 00CC80°P P M K

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MMMPMP

LMLPLP

FMFPFP

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MK

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Flat Top

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

POSI 7 °

WITH HOLE

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.CHIP BREAKERS A056

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Heavy Cutting

Page 134: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A133

CPMH 08 02 02- FVCP80°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

FV CPMH080202-FV 0.2 a a a s a

E007 080204-FV 0.4 a a a s a

090302-FV 0.2 a a a s a

090304-FV 0.4 a a a s a

090308-FV 0.8 a a a s a

R/L-F CPMH080204R-F 0.4 a a s

E007 080204L-F 0.4 a a s

090304R-F 0.4 a a s

090304L-F 0.4 a a a s

R/L-F CPGT080204R-F 0.4 s

080204L-F 0.4 s

090302R-F 0.2 s

090302L-F 0.2 s

090304R-F 0.4 s

090304L-F 0.4 s

CPGT080202 0.2 a

─ 080204 0.4 a

090302 0.2 a

090304 0.4 a

SV CPMH080202-SV 0.2 a a a a a a a a a

E007 080204-SV 0.4 a a a a a a a a a

090302-SV 0.2 a a a a a a a a a

090304-SV 0.4 a a a a a a a a a

090308-SV 0.8 a a a a a a a a s

CPMX080204 0.4 s s

─ 080208 0.8 s s

090304 0.4 s s s s

090308 0.8 s s s s

MV CPMH080204-MV 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a

E007 080208-MV 0.8 a a a a a a a a s a

090304-MV 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a

090308-MV 0.8 a a a a a a a a a s

P P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SVMV

FV

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SVMV

FV

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SVMV

FV

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Standard

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Standard

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

CHIP BREAKERS A062GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

POSI 1 1 °WITH HOLE

Page 135: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A134

DCMT 07 02 02- FPDC55°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

FP DCMT070202-FP 0.2 a a a a C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

070204-FP 0.4 a a a a

11T302-FP 0.2 a a a a

11T304-FP 0.4 a a a a

11T308-FP 0.8 a a a a

FM DCMT070202-FM 0.2 s C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

070204-FM 0.4 s

11T302-FM 0.2 s

11T304-FM 0.4 s

11T308-FM 0.8 s

FV DCMT070202-FV 0.2 a a a a a a a C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

070204-FV 0.4 a a a a a a a

070208-FV 0.8 a a a s a

11T302-FV 0.2 a a a s a

11T304-FV 0.4 a a a a a a a

11T308-FV 0.8 a a a a a a a

AZ DCGT070202-AZ 0.2 a C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

070204-AZ 0.4 a

11T302-AZ 0.2 a

11T304-AZ 0.4 a

11T308-AZ 0.8 a

R/L-F DCGT070202R-F 0.2 a a s

C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

070202L-F 0.2 a a s s

070204R-F 0.4 a a s

070204L-F 0.4 a a s s

11T302R-F 0.2 a a s

11T302L-F 0.2 a a s s

11T304R-F 0.4 a a s

11T304L-F 0.4 a a s s

LP DCMT070204-LP 0.4 a a a a C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

070208-LP 0.8 a a a a

11T304-LP 0.4 a a a a

11T308-LP 0.8 a a a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

P P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

K4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MMMPMP

LMLPLP

FMFPFP

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MK

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 7 °

WITH HOLE

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Medium ─Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Heavy Cutting

Page 136: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A135

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

LM DCMT070204-LM 0.4 a a a C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

070208-LM 0.8 a a a

11T304-LM 0.4 a a a

11T308-LM 0.8 a a a

SV DCMT070202-SV 0.2 a a a a a a a a C025

D009D026E009E010E030E032

070204-SV 0.4 a a a a a a a a a

070208-SV 0.8 a a a a a a a a s

11T302-SV 0.2 a a a s a a a a a

11T304-SV 0.4 a a a s a a a a a

11T308-SV 0.8 a a a a a a a a a

R/L-SS DCGT0702V3R-SS 0.03 s

C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

0702V3L-SS 0.03 s

070201R-SS 0.1 s

070201L-SS 0.1 s

070202R-SS 0.2 s

070202L-SS 0.2 s

11T3V3R-SS 0.03 s

11T301R-SS 0.1 s

11T302R-SS 0.2 s

MP DCMT070204-MP 0.4 a a a a C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

070208-MP 0.8 a a a a

11T304-MP 0.4 a a a a

11T308-MP 0.8 a a a a

150404-MP 0.4 a a a a

150408-MP 0.8 a a a a

MM DCMT070204-MM 0.4 a a a C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

070208-MM 0.8 a a a

11T304-MM 0.4 a a a

11T308-MM 0.8 a a a

150404-MM 0.4 a a a

150408-MM 0.8 a a a

MK DCMT11T304-MK 0.4 a a C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

11T308-MK 0.8 a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

POSI 7 °WITH HOLE

CHIP BREAKERS A056GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 137: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A136

DC55°P P M

DCMT 07 02 02

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

DCMT070202 0.2 a a a a a a a a

C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

070204 0.4 a a a a a s a a a a a

070208 0.8 s s a a a a s

11T302 0.2 a a a a a a a a

11T304 0.4 a a a a a a s a a a a a

11T308 0.8 a a a a a a s a a a s a

11T312 1.2 s

150404 0.4 a a a a a a a s a

150408 0.8 a a a a a a a a

150412 1.2 a

MV DCMT070202-MV 0.2 a a a a a a a a a a a C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

070204-MV 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a a

070208-MV 0.8 a a a a s a s a a a a

11T302-MV 0.2 a a a a a a a a a a a

11T304-MV 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a a

11T308-MV 0.8 a a a a a a a a a a a

R/L-SR DCET0702V3R-SR 0.03 s s s

C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

0702V3L-SR 0.03 s s s

070201R-SR 0.1 s s s

070201L-SR 0.1 s s s

070202R-SR 0.2 s s s

070202L-SR 0.2 s s s

070204R-SR 0.4 s s s

070204L-SR 0.4 s s s

11T3V3R-SR 0.03 s s s

11T3V3L-SR 0.03 s s s

11T301R-SR 0.1 s s s

11T301L-SR 0.1 s s s

11T302R-SR 0.2 s s s

11T302L-SR 0.2 s s s

11T304R-SR 0.4 s s s

11T304L-SR 0.4 s s s

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

K4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MMMPMP

LMLPLP

FMFPFP

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MK

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 7 °

WITH HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Standard

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Heavy Cutting

Page 138: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A137

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

R/L-SN DCET070200R-SN 0 s s s

C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

070200L-SN 0 s s s

0702V3R-SN 0.03 s s s

0702V3L-SN 0.03 s s s

070201R-SN 0.1 s s s

070201L-SN 0.1 s s s

070202R-SN 0.2 s s s

070202L-SN 0.2 s s s

070204R-SN 0.4 s s s

070204L-SN 0.4 s s s

11T300R-SN 0 s s s

11T300L-SN 0 s s s

11T3V3R-SN 0.03 s s s

11T3V3L-SN 0.03 s s s

11T301R-SN 0.1 s s s

11T301L-SN 0.1 s s s

11T302R-SN 0.2 s s s

11T302L-SN 0.2 s s s

11T304R-SN 0.4 s s s

11T304L-SN 0.4 s s s

R/L-SN DCGT0702V3R-SN 0.03 s

C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

070201R-SN 0.1 s

070202R-SN 0.2 s

070202L-SN 0.2 s

11T3V3R-SN 0.03 s

11T3V3L-SN 0.03 s

11T301R-SN 0.1 s

11T301L-SN 0.1 s

11T302R-SN 0.2 s

11T302L-SN 0.2 s

11T304R-SN 0.4 s

11T304L-SN 0.4 s

R/LW-SN DCET0702V3RW-SN 0.03 s C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

0702V3LW-SN 0.03 s

11T3V3RW-SN 0.03 s

11T3V3LW-SN 0.03 s

SMG DCGT070202M-SMG 0.2 a C025

D009D026E009E010E030E032

070204M-SMG 0.4 a

11T302M-SMG 0.2 a

11T304M-SMG 0.4 a

*

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting(Wiper)

Medium Cutting

* Please refer to page А028 before using the R/LW-SN breaker (wiper insert).

POSI 7 °WITH HOLE

CHIP BREAKERS A056GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 139: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A138

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

DCMW070204 0.4 a a a C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

11T304 0.4 a a a a a a

11T308 0.8 a a a a a

150404 0.4 a

150408 0.8 a

DCGW070200 0 a C025D009D026E009E010E030E032

0702V5 0.05 a

11T300 0 s

11T3V5 0.05 a

11T304 0.4 a

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

DC55°P P M

DCMW 07 02 04

K4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MMMPMP

LMLPLP

FMFPFP

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MK

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Flat Top

Flat Top

POSI 7 °

WITH HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

CHIP BREAKERS A056

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Heavy Cutting

Page 140: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A139

DEGX 15 04 02 L-FDE55°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

R/L-F DEGX150402L-F 0.2 a

C033 150404R-F 0.4 s

150404L-F 0.4 s

R/L DEGX150402R 0.2 a

C033 150402L 0.2 a

150404R 0.4 a

150404L 0.4 a

N

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

R/L-F

R/L

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSAluminium Alloy

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Medium Cutting

Finish Cutting(For Aluminium Alloy)

Medium Cutting(For Aluminium Alloy)

WITH HOLE

POSI 20°

CHIP BREAKERS A066GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 141: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A140

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

AZ RCGT0803M0-AZ - a

C027 10T3M0-AZ - a

RCMT0602M0 - a a a a a

C027 0803M0 - a a a a a a

RCMX1003M0 - a s a a s s a

C026H012

1204M0 - a a s a a a s a a a a

1606M0 - a a a a a a a a

2006M0 - a a a a a

2507M0 - a a a

3209M0 - a a a

RR RCMX1606M0-RR - a a a a

─ 2006M0-RR - a a a a

2507M0-RR - a a a a

3209M0-RR - a a

RCGT 08 03 M0- AZRCP P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

876543210

876543210

8765432100.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7

RR

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 7 °

WITH HOLE

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Finish ─Medium Cutting

Standard

Medium Cutting

Standard

Medium Cutting

Heavy Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Medium Cutting

Standard Standard Standard

Heavy Cutting

Page 142: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A141

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

FP SCMT09T304-FP 0.4 a a a a

C028E034

09T308-FP 0.8 a a a a

FM SCMT09T304-FM 0.4 s

C028E034

09T308-FM 0.8 s

FV SCMT09T304-FV 0.4 a a a a a s

C028E034

LP SCMT09T304-LP 0.4 a a a a

C028E034

09T308-LP 0.8 a a a a

LM SCMT09T304-LM 0.4 a a a

C028E034

09T308-LM 0.8 a a a

MP SCMT09T304-MP 0.4 a a a a

C028E034

09T308-MP 0.8 a a a a

120404-MP 0.4 a a a a

120408-MP 0.8 a a a a

MM SCMT09T304-MM 0.4 a a a

C028E034

09T308-MM 0.8 a a a

120404-MM 0.4 a a a

120408-MM 0.8 a a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

SCMT 09 T3 04- FPSC90°P P

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

M K4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MMMPMP

LMLPLP

FMFPFP

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MK

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

POSI 7 °WITH HOLE

CHIP BREAKERS A056GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Heavy Cutting

Page 143: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A142

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

MK SCMT09T304-MK 0.4 a a

C028E034

09T308-MK 0.8 a a

120408-MK 0.8 a a

SCMT09T304 0.4 a a a a a a a a s a

C028E034

09T308 0.8 a a a a a a a a s a

120404 0.4 a a a a a a a a

120408 0.8 a a a a a a a a s a

120412 1.2 a

SCMW09T304 0.4 a a a a a

C028E034

09T308 0.8 a a a a

120408 0.8 a a a a

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

SCMT 09 T3 04- MKSC90°P P M K

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MMMPMP

LMLPLP

FMFPFP

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MK

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Medium Cutting

Standard

Medium Cutting

Flat Top

Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

POSI 7 °

WITH HOLE

CHIP BREAKERS A056

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Heavy Cutting

Page 144: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A143

SPMT 09 03 04SP90°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

SPMT090304 0.4 s

─ 090308 0.8 s

120308 0.8 a s

SPMW090304 0.4 a a a a

─ 090308 0.8 a a a a

120304 0.4 a a a a

120308 0.8 a a a a

SPGX090304 0.4 s s

─ 090308 0.8 s

120304 0.4 s

120308 0.8 s

P P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Medium Cutting

Standard Standard Standard

Standard

Medium Cutting

Flat Top

Flat Top

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP BREAKERS A062GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

POSI 1 1 °WITH HOLE

Page 145: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A144

TCMT 09 02 02- FPTC60°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

FP TCMT090202-FP 0.2 a a a a

C029E029

090204-FP 0.4 a a a a

110202-FP 0.2 a a a a

110204-FP 0.4 a a a a

16T304-FP 0.4 a a a a

FM TCMT090202-FM 0.2 s

C029E029

090204-FM 0.4 s

110202-FM 0.2 s

110204-FM 0.4 s

16T304-FM 0.4 s

FV TCMT110204-FV 0.4 a a a a a a

C029E029

16T304-FV 0.4 a a a a a

AZ TCGT110202-AZ 0.2 a

C029E029

110204-AZ 0.4 a

110208-AZ 0.8 a

16T302-AZ 0.2 a

16T304-AZ 0.4 a

16T308-AZ 0.8 a

R/L-F TCGT0601V3L-F 0.03 s

E018

060101L-F 0.1 s a

060102R-F 0.2 s s s

060102L-F 0.2 s a s

060104R-F 0.4 a s

060104L-F 0.4 s a s

LP TCMT090204-LP 0.4 a a a a

C029E029

090208-LP 0.8 a a a a

110204-LP 0.4 a a a a

110208-LP 0.8 a a a a

16T304-LP 0.4 a a a a

16T308-LP 0.8 a a a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

P P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

K4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MMMPMP

LMLPLP

FMFPFP

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MK

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 7 °

WITH HOLE

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish ─Medium Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Heavy Cutting

Page 146: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A145

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

LM TCMT090204-LM 0.4 a a a

C029E029

090208-LM 0.8 a a a

110204-LM 0.4 a a a

110208-LM 0.8 a a a

16T304-LM 0.4 a a a

16T308-LM 0.8 a a a

MP TCMT090204-MP 0.4 a a a a

C029E029

090208-MP 0.8 a a a a

110204-MP 0.4 a a a a

110208-MP 0.8 a a a a

130304-MP 0.4 a a a a

16T304-MP 0.4 a a a a

16T308-MP 0.8 a a a a

16T312-MP 1.2 a a a a

MM TCMT090204-MM 0.4 a a a

C029E029

090208-MM 0.8 a a a

110204-MM 0.4 a a a

110208-MM 0.8 a a a

130304-MM 0.4 a a a

16T304-MM 0.4 a a a

16T308-MM 0.8 a a a

16T312-MM 1.2 a a a

MK TCMT16T304-MK 0.4 a a

C029E029

16T308-MK 0.8 a a

TCMW110204 0.4 a a a

C029E029

130304 0.4 s

16T304 0.4 a a a a a

16T308 0.8 a a a a a

TCMT080204 0.4 a a a

C029E029

090204 0.4 a s s a a a a a

110202 0.2 a s a s a a a s

110204 0.4 s a a a a s a a a s a

110208 0.8 s s s a

130302 0.2 a s

130304 0.4 a a a a

16T304 0.4 a a a a a s a a a s a

16T308 0.8 a a a a a s a a a s a

16T312 1.2 a

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Flat Top

Standard

Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

POSI 7 °WITH HOLE

CHIP BREAKERS A056GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 147: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A146

TEGX 16 03 02 RTE60°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

R/L TEGX160302R 0.2 a

C034E041

160302L 0.2 a

160304R 0.4 a

160304L 0.4 a

N

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

R/L

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSAluminium Alloy

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting(For Aluminium Alloy)

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.CHIP BREAKERS A066

POSI 20°WITH HOLE

Page 148: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A147

TPMH 08 02 02- FVTP60°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

FV TPMH080202-FV 0.2 a a a s a

E008

080204-FV 0.4 a a a s a

090202-FV 0.2 a a a s a

090204-FV 0.4 a a a s a

110302-FV 0.2 a a a s a

110304-FV 0.4 a a a s a

110308-FV 0.8 a a a s a

160302-FV 0.2 a a a s a

160304-FV 0.4 a a a s a

160308-FV 0.8 a a a s a

R/L-FS TPGH080202R-FS 0.2 a s s

E008

080202L-FS 0.2 a s a a s

080204R-FS 0.4 a s s

080204L-FS 0.4 a s a a s

090202R-FS 0.2 a s s

090202L-FS 0.2 a s a a s

090204R-FS 0.4 a s s

090204L-FS 0.4 a s a a s

110302R-FS 0.2 a s s

110302L-FS 0.2 a s a a s

110304R-FS 0.4 a s s

110304L-FS 0.4 a s a a s

160304R-FS 0.4 a s s

160304L-FS 0.4 a s a s

160308R-FS 0.8 a s s

160308L-FS 0.8 a s a s

R/L TPGX080202R 0.2 a

E026

080202L 0.2 a a a

080204R 0.4 a a

080204L 0.4 a a a a

090202R 0.2 a

090202L 0.2 a a a

090204R 0.4 a a

090204L 0.4 a a a a

090208R 0.8 s

090208L 0.8 a a

P P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SVMV

FV

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SVMV

FV

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SVMV

FV

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 1 1 °WITH HOLE

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

CHIP BREAKERS A062GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 149: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A148

TPGX 11 03 02 L

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

R/L TPGX110302L 0.2 a a a

E026 110304R 0.4 a a a

110304L 0.4 a a a a

110308R 0.8 s s

110308L 0.8 s a a s a

L TPMX090204L 0.4 s

E026 110304L 0.4 s

SV TPMH080202-SV 0.2 a a a a a a a a

E008

080204-SV 0.4 a a a a a a a a a

090202-SV 0.2 a a a a a a a a

090204-SV 0.4 a a a a a a a a a

110302-SV 0.2 a a s a a a a a s

110304-SV 0.4 a a a a a a a a a

110308-SV 0.8 a a s a a s a a a

160302-SV 0.2 s a a a a s a a a

160304-SV 0.4 a a a s a s a a a

160308-SV 0.8 a a s s a a a a a

TPMX110304 0.4 s s a

E026 110308 0.8 s s a

MV TPMH080202-MV 0.2 a a a a s a a a

E008

080204-MV 0.4 a a a a a a a a s a

090202-MV 0.2 a a a a a a a a

090204-MV 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a

090208-MV 0.8 a a a a a

110302-MV 0.2 a a a s s a a a s s

110304-MV 0.4 a a a a a a a a s s

110308-MV 0.8 a a a a a a a a s a

160304-MV 0.4 a a a a a s a a s a

160308-MV 0.8 a a s a a a a a s a

TP60°P P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SVMV

FV

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SVMV

FV

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SVMV

FV

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 1 1 °WITH HOLE

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Standard

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Page 150: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A149

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

TPGX080202 0.2 a

E026

080204 0.4 s a a a

080208 0.8 s s

090202 0.2 a

090204 0.4 s a a a

090208 0.8 s a a s

110302 0.2 a

110304 0.4 s a a s a

110308 0.8 s a a s a

160304 0.4 a a a

160308 0.8 s a

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 1 1 °WITH HOLE

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Flat Top

CHIP BREAKERS A062GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 151: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A150

VBMT 11 03 02- FPVB35°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

FP VBMT110302-FP 0.2 a a a aD010D011E012E013H013

110304-FP 0.4 a a a a

110308-FP 0.8 a a a a

160404-FP 0.4 a a a a

160408-FP 0.8 a a a a

FM VBMT110302-FM 0.2 sD010D011E012E013H013

110304-FM 0.4 s

110308-FM 0.8 s

160404-FM 0.4 s

160408-FM 0.8 s

FV VBMT110304-FV 0.4 a a a s aD010D011E012E013H013

110308-FV 0.8 a a a s a

160404-FV 0.4 a a a s a

160408-FV 0.8 a a a s a

R/L-F VBGT110302R-F 0.2 a s a s s

D010D011E012E013H013

110302L-F 0.2 a s a s s

110304R-F 0.4 a s s s

110304L-F 0.4 a s s s

160402R-F 0.2 a s s s

160402L-F 0.2 a s s s

160404R-F 0.4 a s s s

160404L-F 0.4 a s s s

LP VBMT110304-LP 0.4 a a a aD010D011E012E013H013

110308-LP 0.8 a a a a

160404-LP 0.4 a a a a

160408-LP 0.8 a a a a

LM VBMT110304-LM 0.4 a a a

D010D011E012E013H013

110308-LM 0.8 a a a

160404-LM 0.4 a a a

160408-LM 0.8 a a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

P P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MMMPMP

LMLPLP

FMFPFP

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 5 °

WITH HOLE

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

Page 152: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A151

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

SV VBMT110304-SV 0.4 a a a aD010D011E012E013H013

110308-SV 0.8 a a a a

160404-SV 0.4 a a a a

160408-SV 0.8 a a a a

MP VBMT160404-MP 0.4 a a a a

E012H013

160408-MP 0.8 a a a a

MM VBMT160404-MM 0.4 a a a

E012H013

160408-MM 0.8 a a a

VBMT160404 0.4 a

E012H013

160408 0.8 a

MV VBMT110304-MV 0.4 a a a a a a a a a aD010D011E012E013H013

110308-MV 0.8 a a a s a a a a a a

160404-MV 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a a a

160408-MV 0.8 a a a a a a a a a a a a

R/L-SR VBET1103V3R-SR 0.03 s s s

D010D011E012E013

1103V3L-SR 0.03 s s s

110301R-SR 0.1 s s s

110301L-SR 0.1 s s s

110302R-SR 0.2 s s s

110302L-SR 0.2 s s s

110304R-SR 0.4 s s s

110304L-SR 0.4 s s s

R/L-SN VBET110300R-SN 0 s s s

D010D011E012E013

110300L-SN 0 s s s

1103V3R-SN 0.03 s s s

1103V3L-SN 0.03 s s s

110301R-SN 0.1 a s s

110301L-SN 0.1 s s s

110302R-SN 0.2 a s s

110302L-SN 0.2 s s s

110304R-SN 0.4 s s s

110304L-SN 0.4 s s s

NEW

NEW

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 5 °WITH HOLE

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Standard

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

CHIP BREAKERS A052GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 153: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A152

VBET 11 03 V3 RW- SNVB35°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

R/LW-SN VBET1103V3RW-SN 0.03 s

D010D011E012E013

1103V3LW-SN 0.03 s

*

P P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MMMPMP

LMLPLP

FMFPFP

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 5 °

WITH HOLE

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Medium Cutting(Wiper)

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

* Please refer to page A028 before using the R/LW-SN breaker (wiper insert).

CHIP BREAKERS A052

Page 154: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A153

VCMT 11 03 02- FPVC35°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

FP VCMT110302-FP 0.2 a a a a

C030C031E033E034

110304-FP 0.4 a a a a

160404-FP 0.4 a a a a

160408-FP 0.8 a a a a

FM VCMT110302-FM 0.2 s

C030C031E033E034

110304-FM 0.4 s

160404-FM 0.4 s

160408-FM 0.8 s

FV VCMT080202-FV 0.2 a a a s a C030

C031E012E013E033E034

080204-FV 0.4 a a a s a

160404-FV 0.4 a a a a a a

160408-FV 0.8 a a a a a a

AZ VCGT160404-AZ 0.4 a

C030C031E033E034

160408-AZ 0.8 a

160412-AZ 1.2 a

R/L-F VCGT080202R-F 0.2 a s s s

E012E013

080202L-F 0.2 a a s s

080204R-F 0.4 a s s s

080204L-F 0.4 a s s s

LP VCMT110304-LP 0.4 a a a a

C030C031E033E034

110308-LP 0.8 a a a a

160404-LP 0.4 a a a a

160408-LP 0.8 a a a a

LM VCMT110304-LM 0.4 a a a

C030C031E033E034

110308-LM 0.8 a a a

160404-LM 0.4 a a a

160408-LM 0.8 a a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

P P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

K4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MMMPMP

LMLPLP

FMFPFP

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MK

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Finish Cutting

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

POSI 7 °WITH HOLE

CHIP BREAKERS A056GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Heavy Cutting

Page 155: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A154

VCMT 08 02 02- SVVC35°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

SV VCMT080202-SV 0.2 a a a a

E012E013

080204-SV 0.4 a a a a

MP VCMT160404-MP 0.4 a a a a

C030C031E033E034

160408-MP 0.8 a a a a

160412-MP 1.2 a a a a

MM VCMT160404-MM 0.4 a a a

C030C031E033E034

160408-MM 0.8 a a a

160412-MM 1.2 a a a

MK VCMT160404-MK 0.4 a a

C030C031E033E034

160408-MK 0.8 a a

VCMT110304 0.4 a a a s a a a s a s

C030C031E033E034

160404 0.4 a a a a a a s a a a s a s

160408 0.8 a a a a a s a a a s a

160412 1.2 a s a a a a a

MV VCMT080202-MV 0.2 a a a a a a a a a s

E012E013

080204-MV 0.4 a a a a a a a a a a

VCMW110304 0.4 a a a

C030C031E033E034

160404 0.4 a a a

160408 0.8 a a a

NEW

NEW

NEW

P P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

K4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MMMPMP

LMLPLP

FMFPFP

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MK

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Light Cutting Medium Cutting

Light Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Standard

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting

Flat Top

POSI 7 °

WITH HOLE

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.CHIP BREAKERS A056

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Flat Top

Cast Iron (<350MPa)

Heavy Cutting

Page 156: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A155

VDGX 16 03 02 RVD35°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

R/L VDGX160302R 0.2 a

C035 160302L 0.2 a

160304R 0.4 a

160304L 0.4 a

N

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

R/L

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 1 5°WITH HOLE

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSAluminium Alloy

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev)

Medium Cutting

Medium Cutting(For Aluminium)

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP BREAKERS A066GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 157: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A156

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

R/L-SRF VPET080201R-SRF 0.1 s

D010D011

080201L-SRF 0.1 s

080202R-SRF 0.2 s

080202L-SRF 0.2 s

1103V3R-SRF 0.03 s

1103V3L-SRF 0.03 s

110301R-SRF 0.1 s

110301L-SRF 0.1 s

110302R-SRF 0.2 s

110302L-SRF 0.2 s

SMG VPGT080201M-SMG 0.1 s

D010D011

080202M-SMG 0.2 s

110301M-SMG 0.1 s

110302M-SMG 0.2 s

VPET 08 02 01 R-SRFVP35°P P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SMG SMG SMG

SRF SRF SRF

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 1 1 °WITH HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE Chip Breaker

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP BREAKERS A062

Finish Cutting

Medium Cutting

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Page 158: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A157

WBGT 02 01 V3 L-FWB80°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

R/L-F WBGT0201V3L-F 0.03 s s

E011E017

020101L-F 0.1 s a

020102L-F 0.2 s a a

020104L-F 0.4 s a a

L302V3L-F 0.03 a a

L30201L-F 0.1 s s

L30202R-F 0.2 a s

L30202L-F 0.2 a a a

L30204R-F 0.4 a s

L30204L-F 0.4 a a a

R/L-MV WBMTL30202R-MV 0.2 a a s a s a a a

E011E017

L30202L-MV 0.2 s a s a a a a a

L30204R-MV 0.4 s a a s s a a a

L30204L-MV 0.4 a a a a s a a a

P P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

MV MV MV

R/L-F R/L-F R/L-F

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 5 °WITH HOLE

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Medium Cutting

Finish Cutting

Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP BREAKERS A052GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 159: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A158

WCGT 02 01 02 RWC80°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

R/L WCGT020102R 0.2 a

E028

020102L 0.2 a a

020104R 0.4 s

020104L 0.4 a a

L30202L 0.2 a

L30204L 0.4 a

WCMT020102 0.2 s s a a a a s a

E028

020104 0.4 s s a a a a s a

L30202 0.2 s a a a a s a

L30204 0.4 s a a a a s a

040202 0.2 s s a a a a s a

040204 0.4 s s a a a a s a

040208 0.8 s

06T304 0.4 s s a a a a s a

06T308 0.8 s s a a a a s a

P P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 7 °

WITH HOLE

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Medium Cutting

Standard Standard Standard

Finish Cutting

Standard

Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.CHIP BREAKERS A056

Page 160: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A159

WPGT 04 02 04 R-FSWP80°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

R/L-FS WPGT040204R-FS 0.4 a s

E011 040204L-FS 0.4 a s

060304R-FS 0.4 a s

060304L-FS 0.4 a s

MV WPMT040202-MV 0.2 a a s a a a a a

E011 040204-MV 0.4 a a a a a a a a s

060304-MV 0.4 a a a a a a a a

060308-MV 0.8 a a a a a s a a s

P P M

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

R/L-FS R/L-FS R/L-FS

MV MV MV

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 1 1 °WITH HOLE

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB) Stainless Steel (<200HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Finish Cutting Medium Cutting

Finish Cutting

Medium Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP BREAKERS A062GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 161: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A160

XCMT 15 03 02- SVXXC25°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

SVX XCMT150302-SVX 0.2 a

C032 150304-SVX 0.4 a a

150308-SVX 0.8 a a

P P

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

SVX SVX

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 7 °

WITH HOLE

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITH HOLE

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALSMild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

Light Cutting

Light Cutting

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

a : Inventory maintained.CHIP BREAKERS A056

Page 162: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A161

RTGPMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

RTG05A - a a

C036 06A - a a

07A - a

08A - a a

10A - a a

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 6 °WITHOUT HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLE

Special Purpose(For TL Holder)

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

CHIP BREAKERS A069GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 163: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A162

P P

SPMR 09 03 04SP90°

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

SPMR090304 0.4 a s s s a

─ 090308 0.8 a s a a a

120304 0.4 a s a a a

120308 0.8 a s a a a

SPMR120308-80 0.4 a

─ SPMN090304 0.4 s a s

090308 0.8 a s a a

120304 0.4 a s a a

120304T 0.4 a

120308 0.8 a a a s s a a

120312 1.2 a s s a a

120408 0.8 a s

120412 1.2 s

150408 0.8 a

150412 1.2 a

190404 0.4 a

190408 0.8 a

190412 1.2 a

SPGN090304 0.4 a s s

090308 0.8 a

120304 0.4 a a a

120308 0.8 s a a a

120312 1.2 s

120404 0.4 s

120408 0.8 a s

150404 0.4 a

150408 0.8 s

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

Mild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALS Medium Cutting

POSI 1 1 °

WITHOUT HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLE

Standard Standard

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Standard

Light to Medium Cutting

80Breaker

Light to Medium Cutting

Flat Top

Flat Top

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.

Page 164: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A163

TPGR 11 03 04 R

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

R/L TPGR110304R 0.4 a a

E027

110304L 0.4 a a a

160304R 0.4 a a s

160304L 0.4 a a a

160308R 0.8 a

160308L 0.8 a a a

TPMR090202 0.2 a a

E027

090204 0.4 a a a

090208 0.8 a

110302 0.2 a a a

110304 0.4 a s a a a

110308 0.8 a s a a a

160304 0.4 a s a a a

160308 0.8 a s a s a

160312 1.2 a s a

TPMR110304-80 0.4 a a

E027 110308-80 0.8 a

160304-80 0.4 a

160308-80 0.8 a

TPMN110208 0.8 a

E027

110304 0.4 a a a a a a a

110308 0.8 s a a s a a

160304 0.4 a a a s s a a a

160308 0.8 a a a s a a a s a

160312 1.2 s s a a s

160320 2.0 a

220404 0.4 s a

220408 0.8 s s s a a a

220408T 0.8 a

220412 1.2 s s a a

TP60°P P

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

R/L R/L

TUR

NIN

G IN

SER

TS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 1 1°WITHOUT HOLE

Chip BreakerTYPE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLE

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Mild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALS Finish Cutting Medium Cutting

Standard Standard

Finish Cutting

Standard

Light to Medium Cutting

80Breaker

Light to Medium Cutting

Flat Top

CHIP BREAKERS A068GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 165: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A164

PMKNS

Re

UE6

105

UE6

110

UE6

020

MC

6025

UH

6400

MC

7025

MP7

035

US7

020

US7

35U

S905

MC

5005

MC

5015

UC

5105

UC

5115

VP05

RT

VP10

RT

VP15

TFU

P20M

NX2

525

NX3

035

MP3

025

AP2

5NVP

25N

VP45

NU

Ti20

TH

Ti05

TH

Ti10

RT9

010

TPGN110302 0.2 s

E027

110304 0.4 s a s a

110308 0.8 s a

160302 0.2 a

160304 0.4 s s s s a

160308 0.8 s s s s a

160312 1.2 a

160316 1.6 s

220404 0.4 s a

220408 0.8 s a

TP60°P P

TPGN 11 03 02

NEWNEW

NEWNEW

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

00.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

R/L R/L

TURNING INSERTS [POSITIVE]TU

RN

ING

INSE

RTS

Size Thickness Corner Radius

* Please refer to page A002.

Cutting Conditions (Guide) : : Stable Cutting : General Cutting : Unstable Cutting

POSI 1 1°

WITHOUT HOLE

TYPE INSERTS WITHOUT HOLE

Work Material

SteelStainless SteelCast IronNon-ferrous MetalHeat-resistant Alloy, Titanium Alloy

Shape Order Number

Corner R Coated Cermet Coated Cermet Carbide

App

licab

le

Hol

der P

age

(mm)

Mild Steel Carbon Steel · Alloy Steel (180─280HB)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Dep

th o

f Cut

( mm

)

Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)

CHIP CONTROL RANGE FOR WORK MATERIALS Finish Cutting Medium Cutting

Standard Standard

Flat Top

a : Inventory maintained. s : Inventory maintained in Japan.CHIP BREAKERS A068GRADES A030IDENTIFICATION A002

Page 166: HOW TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING … TO READ THE STANDARD OF TURNING INSERTS aHow this section page is organised zOrganised according to turning insert shape. (Refer to the index

A165

Memo